TW202402820A - Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and image display device - Google Patents

Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202402820A
TW202402820A TW112109517A TW112109517A TW202402820A TW 202402820 A TW202402820 A TW 202402820A TW 112109517 A TW112109517 A TW 112109517A TW 112109517 A TW112109517 A TW 112109517A TW 202402820 A TW202402820 A TW 202402820A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
mass
resin composition
colored resin
less
Prior art date
Application number
TW112109517A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
平岡紫陽
石井宏明
福岡幸治
Original Assignee
日商三菱化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商三菱化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商三菱化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW202402820A publication Critical patent/TW202402820A/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D4/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, based on organic non-macromolecular compounds having at least one polymerisable carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bond ; Coating compositions, based on monomers of macromolecular compounds of groups C09D183/00 - C09D183/16
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • C09D7/60Additives non-macromolecular
    • C09D7/63Additives non-macromolecular organic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • C09D7/65Additives macromolecular
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a colored resin composition having a high dissolution rate in a developer even when a pre-baking temperature is low. This colored resin composition contains (A) a coloring agent, (B) a solvent, (C) an alkali-soluble resin, (D) a photopolymerization initiator, and (E) a photopolymerizable monomer, the colored resin composition being characterized in that the coloring agent (A) contains a yellow colorant and a phthalocyanine compound having a specific chemical structure, and the content ratio for the phthalocyanine compound in the (A) colorant is a specific ratio.

Description

著色樹脂組合物、硬化物、彩色濾光片及圖像顯示裝置Colored resin composition, hardened material, color filter and image display device

本發明係關於一種著色樹脂組合物、硬化物、彩色濾光片及圖像顯示裝置。  本案係基於2022年3月16日於日本提出申請之特願2022-040964號而主張優先權,將其內容引入本文。The present invention relates to a colored resin composition, a cured product, a color filter, and an image display device. This case claims priority based on Special Application No. 2022-040964 filed in Japan on March 16, 2022, and its contents are incorporated into this article.

先前,作為用於液晶顯示裝置等之彩色濾光片之製造方法,已知顏料分散法、染色法、電沈積法、印刷法。其中,就分光特性、耐久性、圖案形狀及精度等觀點而言,最廣泛採用平均地具有優異之特性之顏料分散法。Conventionally, as methods for manufacturing color filters used in liquid crystal display devices and the like, pigment dispersion methods, dyeing methods, electrodeposition methods, and printing methods have been known. Among them, the pigment dispersion method, which has excellent properties on average, is most widely used from the viewpoints of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape, and accuracy.

近年來,對彩色濾光片要求更高亮度、高對比度且高色域化。作為決定彩色濾光片之顏色之色料,就耐熱性、耐光性等觀點而言,通常使用顏料,但對顏料而言,尤其是關於高亮度之方面無法滿足市場要求,使用染料代替顏料作為色料之研究正火熱進行。例如,於綠色像素用途中,正在研究使用酞菁系染料(例如參考專利文獻1)。  [先前技術文獻]  [專利文獻]In recent years, color filters have been required to have higher brightness, higher contrast, and higher color gamut. As a colorant that determines the color of a color filter, pigments are usually used in terms of heat resistance, light resistance, etc. However, pigments cannot meet market requirements, especially in terms of high brightness, so dyes are used instead of pigments. Research on color materials is in full swing. For example, the use of phthalocyanine-based dyes for green pixel applications is being studied (for example, see Patent Document 1). [Prior technical documents] [Patent documents]

[專利文獻1]國際公開第2020/171060號[Patent Document 1] International Publication No. 2020/171060

[發明所欲解決之問題][Problem to be solved by the invention]

本發明者等人進行了研究,結果發現對專利文獻1中記載之著色樹脂組合物而言,根據著色劑中之上述酞菁系染料之含有比率,對顯影液之溶解性產生較大變化,於上述酞菁系染料之含有比率較低之情形時,對顯影液之溶解速度變慢。亦發現尤其於預烘烤溫度較低之情形時,該傾向顯著。  又,亦發現對專利文獻1中記載之著色樹脂組合物而言,根據著色劑中之上述酞菁系染料之含有比率,存在產生顯影後之殘渣之虞或存在所獲得之綠色像素之對比度變差之虞。The inventors of the present invention conducted research and found that the solubility of the colored resin composition described in Patent Document 1 in the developer greatly changes depending on the content ratio of the phthalocyanine dye in the colorant. When the content ratio of the above-mentioned phthalocyanine dye is low, the dissolution speed in the developer becomes slow. It was also found that this tendency is significant especially when the prebaking temperature is low. Furthermore, it was also found that in the colored resin composition described in Patent Document 1, depending on the content ratio of the phthalocyanine-based dye in the colorant, there is a risk of residue after development or a change in the contrast of the green pixels obtained. Worry.

因此,本發明之目的在於提供一種即使於預烘烤溫度較低之情形時,對顯影液之溶解速度亦較快,生產效率較高之著色樹脂組合物。  又,本發明之目的在於提供一種抑制殘渣之產生,所獲得之綠色像素之對比度優異之著色樹脂組合物。 [解決問題之技術手段] Therefore, the object of the present invention is to provide a colored resin composition that has a faster dissolving speed in the developer and a higher production efficiency even when the prebaking temperature is low. Furthermore, an object of the present invention is to provide a colored resin composition that suppresses the generation of residues and obtains green pixels with excellent contrast. [Technical means to solve problems]

本發明者等人進行了潛心研究,結果發現藉由將著色劑中之特定之酞菁化合物之含有比率設為特定比率以上,可解決上述問題,從而完成本發明。  即,本發明具有以下構成。The present inventors conducted intensive research and found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by setting the content ratio of a specific phthalocyanine compound in the colorant to a specific ratio or more, and thus completed the present invention. That is, the present invention has the following constitution.

[1]一種著色樹脂組合物,其特徵在於:其係含有(A)著色劑、(B)溶劑、(C)鹼可溶性樹脂、(D)光聚合起始劑、及(E)光聚合性單體者,並且  上述(A)著色劑含有具有下述通式(1)所表示之化學結構之酞菁化合物及黃色色料,  上述(A)著色劑中之上述酞菁化合物之含有比率為65質量%以上90質量%以下。[1] A colored resin composition characterized by containing (A) a colorant, (B) a solvent, (C) an alkali-soluble resin, (D) a photopolymerization initiator, and (E) photopolymerizability A monomer, and the above-mentioned (A) colorant contains a phthalocyanine compound and a yellow colorant having a chemical structure represented by the following general formula (1), and the content ratio of the above-mentioned phthalocyanine compound in the above-mentioned (A) colorant is: 65 mass% or more and 90 mass% or less.

[化1] [Chemical 1]

(式(1)中,A 1~A 16各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或下述通式(2)所表示之基;其中,A 1~A 16中1個以上表示氟原子,且A 1~A 16中1個以上表示下述通式(2)所表示之基) (In formula (1), A 1 to A 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a group represented by the following general formula (2); wherein, at least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, and One or more of A 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by the following general formula (2))

[化2] [Chemicalization 2]

(式(2)中,X表示2價之連結基;式(2)中之苯環可具有任意之取代基;*表示鍵結鍵)  [2]如[1]之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述(A)著色劑中之上述酞菁化合物之含有比率為70質量%以上90質量%以下。  [3]如[1]或[2]之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述式(1)中之A 1~A 16之鹵素原子為氟原子。  [4]如[1]至[3]中任一項之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述式(1)中,A 1~A 4中1個以上為氟原子,A 5~A 8中1個以上為氟原子,A 9~A 12中1個以上為氟原子,且A 13~A 16中1個以上為氟原子。  [5]如[1]至[4]中任一項之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述式(2)中之苯環具有烷氧基羰基。  [6]如[1]至[5]中任一項之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述式(2)中之X為氧原子。  [7]如[1]至[6]中任一項之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述式(1)中,A 1~A 4中1個以上為上述式(2)所表示之基,A 5~A 8中1個以上為上述式(2)所表示之基,A 9~A 12中1個以上為上述式(2)所表示之基,且A 13~A 16中1個以上為上述式(2)所表示之基。  [8]如[1]至[7]中任一項之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述黃色色料為選自由C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃185及下述式(i)所表示之鎳偶氮錯合物所組成之群中之至少一種。 (In formula (2), The content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound in the colorant (A) is 70% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less. [3] The colored resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the halogen atoms of A 1 to A 16 in the above formula (1) are fluorine atoms. [4] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein in the above formula (1), at least one of A 1 to A 4 is a fluorine atom, and one of A 5 to A 8 The above are fluorine atoms, at least one of A 9 to A 12 is a fluorine atom, and at least one of A 13 to A 16 is a fluorine atom. [5] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the benzene ring in the above formula (2) has an alkoxycarbonyl group. [6] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein X in the above formula (2) is an oxygen atom. [7] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein in the above formula (1), at least one of A 1 to A 4 is a group represented by the above formula (2), A One or more of 5 to A 8 is a group represented by the above formula (2), one or more of A 9 to A 12 is a group represented by the above formula (2), and one or more of A 13 to A 16 is The base represented by the above formula (2). [8] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the above-mentioned yellow colorant is selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 185, and a nickel couple represented by the following formula (i) At least one of the group consisting of nitrogen complexes.

[化3] [Chemical 3]

[9]如[1]之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述(A)著色劑中之上述黃色色料之含有比率為10質量%以上35質量%以下。  [10]如[1]至[9]中任一項之著色樹脂組合物,其中著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中之上述(A)著色劑之含有比率為10質量%以上80質量%以下。  [11]一種硬化物,其係使如[1]至[10]中任一項之著色樹脂組合物硬化而成者。  [12]一種彩色濾光片,其具備使用如[1]至[10]中任一項之著色樹脂組合物製作之像素。  [13]一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有如[12]之彩色濾光片。 [發明之效果] [9] The colored resin composition according to [1], wherein the content ratio of the yellow colorant in the colorant (A) is 10% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less. [10] The colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the content ratio of the colorant (A) in the total solid content of the colored resin composition is 10 mass % or more and 80 mass % the following. [11] A hardened product obtained by hardening the colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10]. [12] A color filter having pixels produced using the colored resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10]. [13] An image display device having a color filter as in [12]. [Effects of the invention]

根據本發明,可提供一種即使於預烘烤溫度較低之情形時,對顯影液之溶解速度亦較快,生產效率較高之著色樹脂組合物。  又,根據本發明,可提供一種抑制殘渣之產生,所獲得之綠色像素之對比度優異之著色樹脂組合物。According to the present invention, even when the prebaking temperature is low, a colored resin composition can be provided that has a fast dissolving speed in the developer and has high production efficiency. Furthermore, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored resin composition that suppresses the generation of residues and obtains green pixels with excellent contrast.

於本發明中,所謂「重量平均分子量」係指藉由GPC(凝膠滲透層析法)測定之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量(Mw)。 於本發明中,所謂「全部固形物成分」係指著色樹脂組合物中之溶劑以外之全部成分。即使溶劑以外之成分於常溫下為液體,該成分亦不包含於溶劑中,而是包含於全部固形物成分中。 於本發明中,所謂「胺值」,只要無特別說明,則表示有效固形物成分換算之胺值,係與每1 g分散劑之固形物成分中之鹼量相當之KOH之質量所表示之值。 於本發明中,「C.I.」係指染料索引(colour index)。 In the present invention, the "weight average molecular weight" refers to the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography). In the present invention, the term "total solid content" refers to all components other than the solvent in the colored resin composition. Even if components other than the solvent are liquid at normal temperature, these components are not included in the solvent but are included in all solid components. In the present invention, the so-called "amine value", unless otherwise specified, means the amine value in terms of effective solid content, which is expressed by the mass of KOH equivalent to the amount of alkali in the solid content of the dispersant per 1 g. value. In the present invention, "C.I." refers to color index.

[1]著色樹脂組合物  本發明之著色樹脂組合物含有(A)著色劑、(B)溶劑、(C)鹼可溶性樹脂、(D)光聚合起始劑、及(E)光聚合性單體。進而根據需要,可調配上述成分以外之其他添加物等。[1] Colored resin composition The colored resin composition of the present invention contains (A) colorant, (B) solvent, (C) alkali-soluble resin, (D) photopolymerization initiator, and (E) photopolymerizable monomer body. Furthermore, if necessary, other additives other than the above-mentioned components may be blended.

[1-1](A)著色劑  本發明之著色樹脂組合物中所含之(A)著色劑含有具有下述通式(1)所表示之化學結構之酞菁化合物(以下,有時稱為「酞菁化合物(1)」)及黃色色料。(A)著色劑中之酞菁化合物(1)之含有比率為65質量%以上90質量%以下。[1-1] (A) Coloring agent The (A) coloring agent contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a phthalocyanine compound (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as It is "Phthalocyanine compound (1)") and yellow colorant. (A) The content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the colorant is 65 mass% or more and 90 mass% or less.

[化4] [Chemical 4]

式(1)中,A 1~A 16各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或下述通式(2)所表示之基;其中,A 1~A 16中1個以上表示氟原子,且A 1~A 16中1個以上表示下述通式(2)所表示之基。 In formula (1), A 1 to A 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a group represented by the following general formula (2); wherein, at least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, and A One or more of 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by the following general formula (2).

[化5] [Chemistry 5]

式(2)中,X表示2價之連結基。式(2)中之苯環可具有任意之取代基。*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (2), X represents a divalent linking group. The benzene ring in formula (2) may have any substituent. *Indicates bonding key.

本發明之著色樹脂組合物中所含之(A)著色劑含有酞菁化合物(1),(A)著色劑中之酞菁化合物(1)之含有比率為65質量%以上90質量%以下。  酞菁化合物(1)中,構成酞菁骨架之氫原子之1個以上被取代為原子半徑較小之氟原子,成為不易阻礙酞菁化合物(1)彼此之聚集之結構,因此藉由預烘烤時之加熱而使分子間距離縮短時形成聚集體,藉此,以本發明之著色樹脂組合物中所含之(C)鹼可溶性樹脂捲繞於其周圍之方式形成複合體,認為與酞菁化合物(1)單獨之情形相比較,溶解速度變快。此時,若預烘烤溫度較低,則難以產生酞菁化合物(1)彼此之聚集。另一方面,藉由使酞菁化合物(1)之含有比率為65質量%以上,酞菁化合物(1)彼此之聚集不易被其他著色劑阻礙,即使於預烘烤溫度較低之情形時,酞菁化合物(1)亦進行規則性之聚集體形成,藉此,不易產生局部凝集,因此透過率提高,對比度變高,並且作為聚集體而分子量變大,藉此,鹼可溶性樹脂易於捲繞於其周圍,故而認為溶解速度變快,顯影時之殘渣產生亦得以抑制。The (A) coloring agent contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention contains the phthalocyanine compound (1), and the content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the (A) coloring agent is 65 mass % or more and 90 mass % or less. In the phthalocyanine compound (1), at least one of the hydrogen atoms constituting the phthalocyanine skeleton is replaced by a fluorine atom with a smaller atomic radius, forming a structure that is less likely to hinder the aggregation of the phthalocyanine compounds (1). Therefore, by prebaking Aggregation is formed when the distance between molecules is shortened by heating during baking, thereby forming a complex in such a manner that the (C) alkali-soluble resin contained in the colored resin composition of the present invention is wound around it. It is considered that it is similar to phthalein. The dissolution rate of the cyanine compound (1) becomes faster than when it is alone. At this time, if the prebaking temperature is low, it is difficult for the phthalocyanine compounds (1) to aggregate with each other. On the other hand, by setting the content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1) to 65% by mass or more, the aggregation of the phthalocyanine compounds (1) is less likely to be hindered by other colorants, even when the prebaking temperature is low. The phthalocyanine compound (1) also forms regular aggregates, which makes local aggregation less likely to occur. Therefore, the transmittance increases, the contrast becomes higher, and the molecular weight of the aggregate becomes larger, making it easier to wind the alkali-soluble resin. around it, it is believed that the dissolution speed becomes faster and the generation of residue during development is also suppressed.

(A 1~A 16)  上述式(1)中,A 1~A 16各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或下述通式(2)所表示之基。其中,A 1~A 16中1個以上表示氟原子,且A 1~A 16中1個以上表示下述通式(2)所表示之基。 (A 1 to A 16 ) In the above formula (1), A 1 to A 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a group represented by the following general formula (2). Among them, one or more of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, and one or more of A 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by the following general formula (2).

[化6] [Chemical 6]

式(2)中,X表示2價之連結基。式(2)中之苯環可具有任意之取代基。*表示鍵結鍵。In formula (2), X represents a divalent linking group. The benzene ring in formula (2) may have any substituent. *Indicates bonding key.

作為A 1~A 16之鹵素原子,例如可例舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子。就高亮度化之觀點而言,較佳為氟原子。  又,A 1~A 16中,較佳為1個以上為氟原子,氟原子更佳為6個以上,進而較佳為7個以上,尤佳為8個以上,又,氟原子為15以下,較佳為12以下,更佳為10以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在酞菁化合物(1)之穩定性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在與著色樹脂組合物中之分散劑或溶劑之親和性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,A 1~A 16中表示氟原子之取代基之個數為1~15,較佳為6~12,更佳為7~12,進而較佳為8~10。 Examples of the halogen atom of A 1 to A 16 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom. From the viewpoint of high brightness, a fluorine atom is preferred. Moreover, among A 1 to A 16 , it is preferable that at least 1 fluorine atom is present, more preferably 6 or more fluorine atoms are used, still more preferably 7 or more fluorine atoms are used, particularly 8 or more fluorine atoms are used, and the number of fluorine atoms is 15 or less. , preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less. By setting the value above the lower limit, the stability of the phthalocyanine compound (1) tends to be improved, and by setting it below the above upper limit, affinity with the dispersant or solvent in the colored resin composition exists. Sexual enhancement tendency. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of substituents representing fluorine atoms in A 1 to A 16 is 1 to 15, preferably 6 to 12, more preferably 7 to 12, and still more preferably 8 to 10.

(X)  式(2)中之X表示2價之連結基。作為2價之連結基,並無特別限定,例如可例舉:氧原子、硫原子、-N(R a1)-基(R a1表示氫原子或碳數1~6之脂肪族烴基)。就焙燒時之穩定性之觀點而言,較佳為氧原子或硫原子,更佳為氧原子。 (X) X in formula (2) represents a divalent linking group. The divalent connecting group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a -N(R a1 )- group (R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms). From the viewpoint of stability during baking, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom is preferred, and an oxygen atom is more preferred.

(苯環可具有之取代基)  式(2)中之苯環可具有任意之取代基。作為取代基,並無特別限定,例如可例舉:鹵素原子、烷基(-R A基)、烷氧基(-OR A基(其中,R A表示烷基))、烷氧基羰基(-COOR A基(其中,R A表示烷基))、芳基(-R B基)、芳氧基(-OR B基(其中,R B表示芳基))、芳氧基羰基(-COOR B基(其中,R B表示芳基))。就顯影溶解性或亮度之觀點而言,較佳為烷氧基羰基。 (Substituents that the benzene ring may have) The benzene ring in formula (2) may have any substituents. The substituent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include: a halogen atom, an alkyl group ( -RA group), an alkoxy group (-OR A group (where RA represents an alkyl group)), an alkoxycarbonyl group ( -COOR A group (where R A represents an alkyl group)), aryl group ( -RB group), aryloxy group (-OR B group (where R B represents an aryl group)), aryloxycarbonyl group (-COOR B group (where R B represents an aryl group)). From the viewpoint of development solubility or brightness, an alkoxycarbonyl group is preferred.

該等基中所含之烷基(R A)可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀,亦可為環狀,就與有機溶劑之親和性之觀點而言,較佳為直鏈狀之烷基。  烷基(R A)之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,又,較佳為6以下,更佳為5以下,進而較佳為4以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在抑制凝集,異物得到抑制之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在溶劑親和性提高,經時穩定性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,烷基之碳數較佳為1~6,更佳為1~5,進而較佳為2~4。  作為烷基(R A),例如可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基,就抑制凝集之觀點而言,較佳為甲基或乙基,更佳為乙基。 The alkyl group ( RA ) contained in these groups may be straight chain, branched, or cyclic. From the viewpoint of affinity with organic solvents, straight chain is preferred. The alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group ( RA ) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and is preferably 6 or less, more preferably 5 or less, and still more preferably 4 or less. By setting the value above the above lower limit, aggregation tends to be suppressed and foreign matter is suppressed, and by setting the value below the above upper limit, solvent affinity tends to be improved and stability over time tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 2 to 4. Examples of the alkyl group ( RA ) include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, and hexyl. From the viewpoint of inhibiting aggregation, methyl or ethyl is preferred, and more preferred is Ethyl.

該等基中所含之芳基(R B)可為芳香族烴環基,亦可為芳香族雜環基。 芳基(R B)之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為4以上,更佳為6以上,又,較佳為12以下,更佳為10以下,進而較佳為8以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在抑制因立體排斥而引起之凝集之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在溶劑親和性提高,經時穩定性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合,例如,芳基之碳數較佳為4~12,更佳為4~10,進而較佳為6~8。 The aryl group ( RB ) contained in these groups may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group ( RB ) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and is preferably 12 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and still more preferably 8 or less. By setting the value above the lower limit, aggregation due to steric repulsion tends to be suppressed, and by setting the value below the upper limit, solvent affinity tends to be improved and stability over time tends to be improved. The above-mentioned upper limit and lower limit can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 4 to 12, more preferably 4 to 10, and even more preferably 6 to 8.

作為芳香族烴環基中之芳香族烴環,可為單環亦可為縮合環。作為芳香族烴環基,例如可例舉:具有1個自由原子價之苯環、萘環、并環戊二烯環、茚環、薁環、環。 作為芳香族雜環基中之芳香族雜環,可為單環亦可為縮合環。作為芳香族雜環基,例如可例舉:具有1個自由原子價之呋喃環、噻吩環、吡咯環、2H-哌喃環、4H-噻喃環、吡啶環、1,3-㗁唑環、異㗁唑環、1,3-噻唑環、異噻唑環、咪唑環、吡唑環、呋呫環、吡𠯤環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環、1,3,5-三𠯤環、苯并呋喃環、2-苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環、2-苯并噻吩環、1H-吡咯啶環、吲哚環、異吲哚環、吲哚𠯤環、2H-1-苯并哌喃環、1H-2-苯并哌喃環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、4H-喹環、苯并咪唑環、1H-吲唑環、喹㗁啉環、喹唑啉環、㖕啉環、呔𠯤環、1,8-㖠啶環、嘌呤環、喋啶環。 The aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, pentacyclopentadiene ring, indene ring, azulene ring and  ring having one free atom valence. The aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a 2H-pyran ring, a 4H-thiopyran ring, a pyridine ring, and a 1,3-ethazole ring having one free atom valence. , Isothiazole ring, 1,3-thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, furoxin ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrimidine ring, 1,3,5-tristriazole ring, benzene Furan ring, 2-benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, 2-benzothiophene ring, 1H-pyrrolidine ring, indole ring, isoindole ring, indole ring, 2H-1-benzopiper Phenyl ring, 1H-2-benzopiran ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, 4H-quinoline Ring, benzimidazole ring, 1H-indazole ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, 㖕line ring, pyridine ring, 1,8-㖠dine ring, purine ring, pteridine ring.

於式(2)中之苯環具有任意之取代基之情形時,其取代數並無特別限定,就染料分子彼此產生π-π堆積而提高耐熱性,抑制因染料之分解而導致之亮度下降之觀點而言,較佳為對1個苯環之取代數為1。  於式(2)中之苯環具有任意之取代基之情形時,其取代位置可為鄰位,亦可為間位,亦可為對位,就可成為最密結構之堆積之觀點而言,較佳為對位。When the benzene ring in the formula (2) has any substituent, the number of substitutions is not particularly limited, and the dye molecules generate π-π stacking with each other to improve heat resistance and suppress the decrease in brightness caused by the decomposition of the dye. From this point of view, it is preferable that the number of substitutions per benzene ring is 1. When the benzene ring in formula (2) has any substituent, the substitution position may be ortho, meta, or para, from the viewpoint of stacking into the densest structure. , preferably counterpoint.

A 1~A 16中1個以上表示氟原子。就藉由酞菁化合物(1)之二個分子間之聚集體形成而提高亮度之觀點而言,較佳為A 1~A 4中1個以上為氟原子,A 5~A 8中1個以上為氟原子,A 9~A 12中1個以上為氟原子,且,A 13~A 16中1個以上為氟原子;更佳為A 1~A 4中2個以上為氟原子,A 5~A 8中2個以上為氟原子,A 9~A 12中2個以上為氟原子,且,A 13~A 16中2個以上為氟原子。 At least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom. From the viewpoint of improving brightness by forming an aggregate between two molecules of the phthalocyanine compound (1), it is preferred that at least one of A 1 to A 4 be a fluorine atom, and one of A 5 to A 8 The above are fluorine atoms, and at least one of A 9 to A 12 is a fluorine atom, and at least one of A 13 to A 16 is a fluorine atom; more preferably, at least two of A 1 to A 4 are fluorine atoms, and A Two or more of 5 to A 8 are fluorine atoms, two or more of A 9 to A 12 are fluorine atoms, and two or more of A 13 to A 16 are fluorine atoms.

式(1)中,A 1~A 16中1個以上表示式(2)所表示之基。就對有機溶劑之溶解性或亮度之觀點而言,較佳為A 1~A 4中1個以上為式(2)所表示之基,A 5~A 8中1個以上為式(2)所表示之基,A 9~A 12中1個以上為式(2)所表示之基,且A 13~A 16中1個以上為式(2)所表示之基;更佳為A 1~A 4中2個以上為式(2)所表示之基,A 5~A 8中2個以上為式(2)所表示之基,A 9~A 12中2個以上為式(2)所表示之基,且A 13~A 16中2個以上為式(2)所表示之基。  就藉由有效率之堆積而抑制亮度下降之觀點而言,較佳為A 2、A 3、A 6、A 7、A 10、A 11、A 14及A 15為式(2)所表示之基,且A 1、A 4、A 5、A 8、A 9、A 12、A 13及A 16為鹵素原子;尤佳為A 2、A 3、A 6、A 7、A 10、A 11、A 14、及A 15為式(2)所表示之基,且A 1、A 4、A 5、A 8、A 9、A 12、A 13、及A 16為氟原子。 In formula (1), at least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by formula (2). From the viewpoint of solubility in organic solvents or brightness, it is preferred that at least one of A 1 to A 4 be a group represented by formula (2), and that at least one of A 5 to A 8 be a group represented by formula (2). As for the represented groups, at least one of A 9 to A 12 is a group represented by formula (2), and at least one of A 13 to A 16 is a group represented by formula (2); more preferably, A 1 to Two or more of A 4 are groups represented by formula (2), two or more of A 5 to A 8 are groups represented by formula (2), and two or more of A 9 to A 12 are represented by formula (2). represents a group, and more than two of A 13 to A 16 are groups represented by formula (2). From the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in brightness through efficient stacking, it is preferable that A 2 , A 3 , A 6 , A 7 , A 10 , A 11 , A 14 and A 15 be represented by the formula (2) group, and A 1 , A 4 , A 5 , A 8 , A 9 , A 12 , A 13 and A 16 are halogen atoms; particularly preferred are A 2 , A 3 , A 6 , A 7 , A 10 and A 11 , A 14 , and A 15 are groups represented by formula (2), and A 1 , A 4 , A 5 , A 8 , A 9 , A 12 , A 13 , and A 16 are fluorine atoms.

作為酞菁化合物(1),例如可例舉以下化合物。Examples of the phthalocyanine compound (1) include the following compounds.

[化7] [Chemical 7]

再者,上述式中,Et表示乙基。In addition, in the above formula, Et represents an ethyl group.

[化8] [Chemical 8]

[化9] [Chemical 9]

[化10] [Chemical 10]

作為酞菁系染料(1)之製造方法,可採用公知之方法,例如可採用日本專利特開平05-345861號公報中記載之方法。As a method for producing the phthalocyanine-based dye (1), a known method can be used. For example, the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 05-345861 can be used.

本發明之著色樹脂組合物中之酞菁化合物(1)於(A)著色劑中之含有比率於(A)著色劑之全部固形物成分中為65質量%以上,較佳為70質量%以上,又,為90質量%以下,較佳為85質量%以下,更佳為80質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在即使於預烘烤溫度較低之情形時,溶解速度亦變快之傾向,存在與基板之密接性變得良好之傾向。進而,存在對比度變高之傾向,存在抑制殘渣之傾向。  又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可擔保彩色濾光片所要求之色度之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,著色樹脂組合物中之酞菁化合物(1)於(A)著色劑中之含有比率於(A)著色劑之全部固形物成分中為65~90質量%,較佳為70~90質量%,更佳為70~85質量%,進而較佳為70~80質量%。The content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the coloring agent (A) in the colored resin composition of the present invention is 65% by mass or more, preferably 70% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the coloring agent (A). , and, it is 90 mass% or less, preferably 85 mass% or less, more preferably 80 mass% or less. By setting it to the above lower limit value or more, even when the prebaking temperature is low, the dissolution rate tends to become faster, and the adhesion with the substrate tends to become better. Furthermore, the contrast tends to become higher, and residues tend to be suppressed. Furthermore, by setting it below the above-mentioned upper limit, the chromaticity required for the color filter tends to be ensured. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the coloring agent (A) in the colored resin composition is 65 to 90 mass %, preferably 70 to 90 mass %, based on the total solid content of the coloring agent (A). %, more preferably 70 to 85 mass %, still more preferably 70 to 80 mass %.

(A)著色劑除酞菁化合物(1)以外,亦含有黃色色料。  藉由使(A)著色劑除酞菁化合物(1)以外亦含有黃色色料,存在可達成綠色像素所要求之顏色之再現性之傾向。  作為黃色色料,例如可例舉:黃色顏料、黃色染料。(A) The coloring agent contains a yellow coloring material in addition to the phthalocyanine compound (1). By making the coloring agent (A) contain a yellow colorant in addition to the phthalocyanine compound (1), the reproducibility of the color required for the green pixel tends to be achieved. Examples of yellow colorants include yellow pigments and yellow dyes.

作為黃色顏料,例如可例舉:C.I.顏料黃1、1:1、2、3、4、5、6、9、10、12、13、14、16、17、20、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、41、42、43、48、53、55、61、62、62:1、63、65、73、74、75、81、83、86、87、93、94、95、97、100、101、104、105、108、109、110、111、116、117、119、120、125、126、127、127:1、128、129、133、134、136、137、138、139、142、147、148、150、151、153、154、155、157、158、159、160、161、162、163、164、165、166、167、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、180、181、182、183、184、185、188、189、190、191、191:1、192、193、194、195、196、197、198、199、200、202、203、204、205、206、207、208及於下述式(i)所表示之偶氮巴比妥酸與鎳之1:1錯合物或其互變異構物中插入其他化合物而成之化合物(以下有時稱為「式(i)所表示之鎳偶氮錯合物」)。Examples of yellow pigments include: C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 1: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62, 62: 1, 63, 65, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 86, 87, 93, 94, 95, 97, 100, 101, 104, 105, 108, 109, 110, 111, 116, 117, 119, 120, 125, 126, 127, 127: 1, 128, 129, 133, 134, 136, 137, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 188, 189, 190, 191, 191: 1, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208 and the 1:1 ratio of azobarbituric acid and nickel represented by the following formula (i) A compound in which another compound is inserted into the complex or its tautomer (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "nickel azo complex represented by formula (i)").

[化11] [Chemical 11]

作為於式(i)所表示之鎳偶氮錯合物中插入之其他化合物,例如可例舉:下述式(ii)所表示之化合物。Examples of other compounds to be inserted into the nickel azo complex represented by formula (i) include compounds represented by the following formula (ii).

[化12] [Chemical 12]

就高亮度及高色域之觀點而言,較佳為C.I.顏料黃83、117、129、138、139、154、155、180、185、式(i)所表示之鎳偶氮錯合物,更佳為C.I.顏料黃83、138、139、180、185、式(i)所表示之鎳偶氮錯合物。From the viewpoint of high brightness and high color gamut, the nickel azo complex represented by C.I. Pigment Yellow 83, 117, 129, 138, 139, 154, 155, 180, 185 and formula (i) is preferred. More preferably, it is a nickel azo complex represented by C.I. Pigment Yellow 83, 138, 139, 180, 185 and formula (i).

作為黃色染料,例如可例舉:巴比妥酸偶氮系染料、吡啶酮偶氮系染料、吡唑咔偶氮系染料、喹酞酮系染料、花青系染料。作為其具體例,可例舉:日本專利特開2010-168531號公報中記載之具體之化合物。 作為黃色染料,於以染料索引分類為染料者中,作為C.I.溶劑染料,例如可例舉:C.I.溶劑黃4、14、15、23、24、38、62、63、68、79、82、94、98、99、162、163。作為C.I.酸性染料,例如可例舉:C.I.酸性綠1、3、5、9、16、25、27、50、58、63、65、80、104、105、106、109,C.I.酸性黃1、3、7、9、11、17、23、25、29、34、36、38、40、42、54、65、72、73、76、79、98、99、111、112、113、114、116、119、123、128、134、135、138、139、140、144、150、155、157、160、161、163、168、169、172、177、178、179、184、190、193、196、197、199、202、203、204、205、207、212、214、220、221、228、230、232、235、238、240、242、243、251或其衍生物。作為C.I.直接染料,例如可例舉:C.I.直接黃2、33、34、35、38、39、43、47、50、54、58、68、69、70、71、86、93、94、95、98、102、108、109、129、136、138、141之染料。作為C.I.媒染染料,例如可例舉:C.I.媒染黃5、8、10、16、20、26、30、31、33、42、43、45、56、61、62、65之染料。較佳為C.I.溶劑黃4、14、15、23、24、38、62、63、68、82、94、98、99、162,C.I.酸性黃1、3、7、9、11、17、23、25、29、34、36、38、40、42、54、65、72、73、76、79、98、99、111、112、113、114、116、119、123、128、134、135、138、139、140、144、150、155、157、160、161、163、168、169、172、177、178、179、184、190、193、196、197、199、202、203、204、205、207、212、214、220、221、228、230、232、235、238、240、242、243、251、23、25、29、34、40、42、72、76、99、111、112、114、116、163、243或其衍生物。 就抑制焙燒時之染料分解之觀點而言,較佳為C.I.溶劑黃4、14、15、23、24、38、62、63、68、79、82、94、98、99、162、163。 Examples of yellow dyes include barbituric acid azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, pyrazole carbazo dyes, quinphthalone dyes, and cyanine dyes. Specific examples thereof include specific compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-168531. As yellow dyes, those classified as dyes by the dye index, examples of C.I. solvent dyes include: C.I. Solvent Yellow 4, 14, 15, 23, 24, 38, 62, 63, 68, 79, 82, 94 ,98,99,162,163. Examples of C.I. acid dyes include: C.I. acid green 1, 3, 5, 9, 16, 25, 27, 50, 58, 63, 65, 80, 104, 105, 106, 109, C.I. acid yellow 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 17, 23, 25, 29, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 54, 65, 72, 73, 76, 79, 98, 99, 111, 112, 113, 114, 116, 119, 123, 128, 134, 135, 138, 139, 140, 144, 150, 155, 157, 160, 161, 163, 168, 169, 172, 177, 178, 179, 184, 190, 193, 196, 197, 199, 202, 203, 204, 205, 207, 212, 214, 220, 221, 228, 230, 232, 235, 238, 240, 242, 243, 251 or derivatives thereof. Examples of C.I. direct dyes include: C.I. direct yellow 2, 33, 34, 35, 38, 39, 43, 47, 50, 54, 58, 68, 69, 70, 71, 86, 93, 94, 95 , 98, 102, 108, 109, 129, 136, 138, 141 dyes. Examples of C.I. mordant dyes include C.I. mordant yellow 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 26, 30, 31, 33, 42, 43, 45, 56, 61, 62, and 65 dyes. Preferred are C.I. Solvent Yellow 4, 14, 15, 23, 24, 38, 62, 63, 68, 82, 94, 98, 99, 162, C.I. Acid Yellow 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 17, 23 ,25,29,34,36,38,40,42,54,65,72,73,76,79,98,99,111,112,113,114,116,119,123,128,134,135 ,138,139,140,144,150,155,157,160,161,163,168,169,172,177,178,179,184,190,193,196,197,199,202,203,204 ,205,207,212,214,220,221,228,230,232,235,238,240,242,243,251,23,25,29,34,40,42,72,76,99,111 , 112, 114, 116, 163, 243 or their derivatives. From the viewpoint of suppressing dye decomposition during baking, C.I. Solvent Yellow 4, 14, 15, 23, 24, 38, 62, 63, 68, 79, 82, 94, 98, 99, 162, 163 is preferred.

作為(A)著色劑中所含之黃色色料,就綠色像素所要求之顏色之再現性之觀點而言,較佳為C.I.顏料黃138、185、式(i)所表示之鎳偶氮錯合物,更佳為C.I.顏料黃138。As the yellow colorant contained in the colorant (A), from the viewpoint of the reproducibility of the color required for green pixels, C.I. Pigment Yellow 138, 185, and nickel azozine represented by the formula (i) are preferred. compound, more preferably C.I. Pigment Yellow 138.

(A)著色劑除酞菁化合物(1)及黃色色料以外,亦可含有其他著色劑。作為其他著色劑,可例舉:顏料或染料。於將本發明之著色樹脂組合物用於綠色像素用途之情形時,例如,較佳為使用綠色顏料、綠色染料之綠色色料。  作為綠色顏料,例如可例舉:C.I.顏料綠7、36、58、59、62、63,就亮度之觀點而言,較佳為C.I.顏料綠58。 作為綠色染料,於以染料索引分類為染料者中,作為C.I.溶劑染料,例如可例舉:C.I.溶劑綠1、3、4、5、7、28、29、32、33、34、35。作為C.I.酸性染料,例如可例舉:C.I.酸性綠1、3、5、9、16、25、27、50、58、63、65、80、104、105、106、109,C.I.媒染綠1、3、4、5、10、15、19、26、29、33、34、35、41、43、53。就抑制熱焙燒時之染料分解之觀點而言,較佳為C.I.溶劑綠1、3、4、5、7、28、29、32、33、34、35。 (A) Colorant In addition to the phthalocyanine compound (1) and the yellow colorant, other colorants may be included. Examples of other colorants include pigments and dyes. When the colored resin composition of the present invention is used for green pixels, for example, a green colorant using a green pigment or a green dye is preferred. Examples of green pigments include C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62, and 63. From the viewpoint of brightness, C.I. Pigment Green 58 is preferred. As a green dye, among those classified by the dye index, C.I. solvent dyes include, for example, C.I. Solvent Green 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34, and 35. Examples of C.I. acid dyes include: C.I. acid green 1, 3, 5, 9, 16, 25, 27, 50, 58, 63, 65, 80, 104, 105, 106, 109, C.I. mordant green 1, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 19, 26, 29, 33, 34, 35, 41, 43, 53. From the viewpoint of suppressing dye decomposition during thermal baking, C.I. Solvent Green 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 28, 29, 32, 33, 34, and 35 are preferred.

顏料之平均一次粒徑較佳為0.2 μm以下,更佳為0.1 μm以下,尤佳為0.04 μm以下。顏料微粒化時,例如可較佳地使用溶劑鹽磨法。The average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 0.2 μm or less, more preferably 0.1 μm or less, particularly preferably 0.04 μm or less. When the pigment is micronized, for example, a solvent salt grinding method can be preferably used.

本發明之著色樹脂組合物中之(A)著色劑之含有比率並無特別限定,於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為15質量%以上,進而較佳為20質量%以上,進而更佳為25質量%以上,尤佳為30質量%以上,又,較佳為80質量%以下,更佳為60質量%以下,進而較佳為50質量%以下,尤佳為40質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在可再現較廣之色相之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可擔保經時穩定性之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,著色樹脂組合物中之(A)著色劑之含有比率於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中較佳為10~80質量%,更佳為15~80質量%,進而較佳為20~60質量%,進而更佳為25~50質量%,尤佳為30~40質量%。The content ratio of the (A) colorant in the colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 10 mass % or more, more preferably 15 mass % or more, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition. It is preferably 20 mass% or more, more preferably 25 mass% or more, particularly preferably 30 mass% or more, and preferably 80 mass% or less, more preferably 60 mass% or less, still more preferably 50 mass% or less, preferably 40% by mass or less. By setting the value above the lower limit, a wider range of hues tends to be reproduced, and by setting the value below the upper limit, stability over time tends to be ensured. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of the colorant (A) in the colored resin composition is preferably 10 to 80 mass %, more preferably 15 to 80 mass %, and still more preferably 20 mass % in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. ~60 mass%, more preferably 25-50 mass%, particularly preferably 30-40 mass%.

本發明之著色樹脂組合物中之酞菁化合物(1)之含有比率並無特別限定,於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為3質量%以上,進而較佳為5質量%以上,進而更佳為10質量%以上,尤佳為15質量%以上,又,較佳為50質量%以下,更佳為40質量%以下,進而較佳為30質量%以下,尤佳為20質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在提高亮度之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可擔保經時穩定性之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,著色樹脂組合物中之酞菁化合物(1)之含有比率於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中更佳為3~50質量%,進而較佳為5~50質量%,進而更佳為10~40質量%,尤佳為15~30質量%。The content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 1 mass % or more, more preferably 3 mass % or more, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition. More preferably, it is 5 mass % or more, still more preferably 10 mass % or more, especially 15 mass % or more, and further preferably 50 mass % or less, more preferably 40 mass % or less, still more preferably 30 mass %. % or less, preferably 20 mass% or less. By setting the value above the lower limit, the brightness tends to be improved, and by setting the value below the upper limit, stability over time tends to be ensured. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the colored resin composition is more preferably 3 to 50 mass %, more preferably 5 to 50 mass %, and still more preferably 3 to 50 mass % of the total solid content of the colored resin composition. It is 10-40 mass %, especially 15-30 mass %.

本發明之著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中之黃色色料較佳為2質量%以上,更佳為4質量%以上,進而較佳為6質量%以上,又,較佳為25質量%以下,更佳為20質量%以下,進而較佳為10質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在可再現綠色像素所要求之顏色之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在溶解速度變快之傾向,進而存在對比度變高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,於著色樹脂組合物含有黃色色料作為其他著色劑之情形時,黃色色料之含有比率於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中較佳為2~25質量%,更佳為4~20質量%,進而較佳為6~10質量%。The yellow colorant in the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention is preferably 2 mass% or more, more preferably 4 mass% or more, further preferably 6 mass% or more, and more preferably 25 mass% or less, more preferably 20 mass% or less, still more preferably 10 mass% or less. By setting the value above the lower limit, the color required for green pixels tends to be reproduced, and by setting the value below the upper limit, the dissolution rate tends to become faster, and the contrast tends to become higher. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, when the colored resin composition contains a yellow colorant as another colorant, the content ratio of the yellow colorant in the total solid content of the colored resin composition is preferably 2 to 25% by mass, more preferably 4 to 25% by mass. 20% by mass, more preferably 6 to 10% by mass.

黃色色料於(A)著色劑中之含有比率於(A)著色劑中較佳為5質量%以上,更佳為10質量%以上,進而較佳為15質量%以上,進而更佳為20質量%以上。又,較佳為35質量%以下,更佳為30質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在可再現綠色像素所要求之顏色之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在溶解速度變快之傾向,進而存在對比度變高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,於(A)著色劑含有黃色色料之情形時,黃色色料於(A)著色劑中之含有比率於(A)著色劑中較佳為5~35質量%,更佳為10~35質量%,進而較佳為15~30質量%。The content ratio of the yellow colorant in the colorant (A) is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, further preferably 15% by mass or more, and still more preferably 20% by mass. Quality% or more. Moreover, 35 mass % or less is preferable, and 30 mass % or less is more preferable. By setting the value above the lower limit, the color required for green pixels tends to be reproduced, and by setting the value below the upper limit, the dissolution rate tends to become faster, and the contrast tends to become higher. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, when the colorant (A) contains a yellow colorant, the content ratio of the yellow colorant in the colorant (A) is preferably 5 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 10 to 35% by mass. 35% by mass, more preferably 15 to 30% by mass.

酞菁化合物(1)與黃色色料之質量基準之含有比率(酞菁化合物(1)/黃色色料)較佳為1.8以上,更佳為2以上,進而較佳為2.3以上,又,較佳為9以下,更佳為7以下,進而較佳為6以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在溶解速度變快之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可再現綠色像素所要求之顏色之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,於(A)著色劑含有黃色色料之情形時,酞菁化合物(1)與黃色色料之質量基準之含有比率(酞菁化合物(1)/黃色色料)較佳為1.8~9,更佳為1.8~7,進而較佳為1.8~6,進而更佳為2~6。The mass-based content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1) to the yellow coloring material (phthalocyanine compound (1)/yellow coloring material) is preferably 1.8 or more, more preferably 2 or more, further preferably 2.3 or more, and more preferably Preferably it is 9 or less, more preferably 7 or less, still more preferably 6 or less. By setting the value above the lower limit, the dissolution rate tends to become faster, and by setting the value below the upper limit, the color required for the green pixels tends to be reproduced. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, when the colorant (A) contains a yellow colorant, the mass-based content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1) to the yellow colorant (phthalocyanine compound (1)/yellow colorant) is preferably 1.8 to 9 , more preferably 1.8 to 7, still more preferably 1.8 to 6, still more preferably 2 to 6.

於本發明之著色樹脂組合物含有其他著色劑之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為3質量%以上,進而較佳為5質量%以上,進而更佳為7質量%以上,尤佳為10質量%以上,又,較佳為30質量%以下,更佳為25質量%以下,進而較佳為20質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在可再現較廣之色相之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可擔保經時穩定性之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,於著色樹脂組合物含有其他著色劑之情形時,其他著色劑之含有比率於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中較佳為1~30質量%,更佳為3~30質量%,進而較佳為5~25質量%,進而更佳為7~25質量%,尤佳為10~20質量%。When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains other colorants, the content ratio is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 1 mass % or more, and more preferably 3 mass % or more in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. , more preferably 5 mass% or more, more preferably 7 mass% or more, especially 10 mass% or more, and preferably 30 mass% or less, more preferably 25 mass% or less, still more preferably 20 mass% mass% or less. By setting the value above the lower limit, a wider range of hues tends to be reproduced, and by setting the value below the upper limit, stability over time tends to be ensured. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, when the colored resin composition contains other colorants, the content ratio of the other colorants in the total solid content of the colored resin composition is preferably 1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 3 to 30 mass %. More preferably, it is 5-25 mass %, Still more preferably, it is 7-25 mass %, Even more preferably, it is 10-20 mass %.

[1-2](B)溶劑  (B)溶劑於本發明之著色樹脂組合物或顏料分散液中具有如下功能:使(A)著色劑、(C)鹼可溶性樹脂、(D)光聚合起始劑、(E)光聚合性單體、其他成分溶解或分散,調節黏度。 作為(B)溶劑,只要為可使各成分溶解或分散者即可。 [1-2] (B) Solvent (B) The solvent in the colored resin composition or pigment dispersion of the present invention has the following functions: (A) colorant, (C) alkali-soluble resin, (D) photopolymerization The starting agent, (E) photopolymerizable monomer, and other components are dissolved or dispersed to adjust the viscosity. (B) The solvent may be any solvent that can dissolve or disperse each component.

作為(B)溶劑,例如可例舉:乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單正丁醚、丙二醇第三丁醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單正丁醚、甲氧基甲基戊醇、丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、三乙二醇單甲醚、三乙二醇單乙醚、三丙二醇甲醚之類的二醇單烷基醚類;Examples of the solvent (B) include: ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, and propylene glycol monon-n. Butyl ether, propylene glycol tert-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, methoxymethylpentanol, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, Glycol monoalkyl ethers such as dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and tripropylene glycol methyl ether;

乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二丙醚、二乙二醇二丁醚、二丙二醇二甲醚之類的二醇二烷基醚類; 乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、乙酸甲氧基丁酯、乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸甲氧基戊酯、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙酸3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁酯之類的二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類; Of ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diglyme glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether glycol dialkyl ethers; Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate Acid ester, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methoxypentyl acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate Ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, acetic acid 3- Glycol alkyl ether acetates such as methyl-3-methoxybutyl ester;

乙二醇二乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己醇二乙酸酯等二醇二乙酸酯類; 環己醇乙酸酯等乙酸烷基酯類; 戊醚、丙醚、二乙醚、二丙醚、二異丙醚、丁醚、二戊醚、乙基異丁醚、二己醚之類的醚類; 丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基戊基酮、甲基異丙基酮、甲基異戊基酮、二異丙基酮、二異丁基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮、乙基戊基酮、甲基丁基酮、甲基己基酮、甲基壬基酮、甲氧基甲基戊酮之類的酮類; 乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、丁二醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、三乙二醇、甲氧基甲基戊醇、甘油、苄醇之類的一元或多元醇類; 正戊烷、正辛烷、二異丁烯、正己烷、己烯、異戊二烯、雙戊烯、十二烷之類的脂肪族烴類; 環己烷、甲基環己烷、甲基環己烯、聯環己烷之類的脂環式烴類; Glycol diacetates such as ethylene glycol diacetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, and 1,6-hexanol diacetate; Alkyl acetates such as cyclohexanol acetate; Ethers such as amyl ether, propyl ether, diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, butyl ether, dipyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, and dihexyl ether; Acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isoamyl ketone, diisopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone Ketones such as ethyl amyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl hexyl ketone, methyl nonyl ketone, and methoxymethyl pentanone; Ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, methoxymethylpentanol, glycerin, benzyl alcohol Such monovalent or polyhydric alcohols; Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-pentane, n-octane, diisobutylene, n-hexane, hexene, isoprene, dipentene, and dodecane; Alicyclic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, methylcyclohexene, and dicyclohexane;

苯、甲苯、二甲苯、異丙苯之類的芳香族烴類; 甲酸戊酯、甲酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸戊酯、異丁酸甲酯、乙二醇乙酸酯、丙酸乙酯、丙酸丙酯、丁酸丁酯、丁酸異丁酯、異丁酸甲酯、辛酸乙酯、硬脂酸丁酯、苯甲酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、γ-丁內酯之類的鏈狀或環狀酯類; 3-甲氧基丙酸、3-乙氧基丙酸之類的烷氧基羧酸類; 氯丁烷、氯戊烷之類的鹵代烴類; 甲氧基甲基戊酮之類的醚酮類; 乙腈、苯甲腈之類的腈類。 Aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and cumene; Amyl formate, ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, amyl acetate, methyl isobutyrate, ethylene glycol acetate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, butyrate Ester, isobutyl butyrate, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl octanoate, butyl stearate, ethyl benzoate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3 -Chained or cyclic esters; Alkoxycarboxylic acids such as 3-methoxypropionic acid and 3-ethoxypropionic acid; Halogenated hydrocarbons such as chlorobutane and chloropentane; Ether ketones such as methoxymethylpentanone; Nitriles such as acetonitrile and benzonitrile.

作為市售之溶劑,例如可例舉:礦油精(mineral sprit)、Varsol#2、Apco#18 Solvent、Apco稀釋劑、Socal Solvent No.1及No.2、Solvesso#150、Shell TS28 Solvent、卡必醇(Carbitol)、乙基卡必醇(Ethyl Carbitol)、丁基卡必醇(Butyl Carbitol)、甲基溶纖劑(Methyl Cellosolve)、乙基溶纖劑(Ethyl Cellosolve)、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯(Ethyl Cellosolve Acetate)、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯(Methyl Cellosolve Acetate)、二乙二醇二甲醚(diglyme)(均為商品名)。該等溶劑可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Examples of commercially available solvents include: mineral sprit, Varsol#2, Apco#18 Solvent, Apco thinner, Socal Solvent No.1 and No.2, Solvesso#150, Shell TS28 Solvent, Carbitol, Ethyl Carbitol, Butyl Carbitol, Methyl Cellosolve, Ethyl Cellosolve, Ethyl Cellosolve Ethyl Cellosolve Acetate, Methyl Cellosolve Acetate, and diglyme (all are trade names). One type of these solvents may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

於藉由光微影法形成彩色濾光片之像素之情形時,作為(B)溶劑,較佳為沸點為100~200℃(壓力1013.25[hPa]條件下;以下關於沸點全部相同)之溶劑。更佳為具有120~170℃之沸點之溶劑。 就塗佈性、表面張力等之平衡良好,組合物中之構成成分之溶解度較高之方面而言,較佳為二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類。 When pixels of a color filter are formed by photolithography, (B) the solvent is preferably a solvent with a boiling point of 100 to 200°C (under a pressure of 1013.25 [hPa]; all boiling points are the same below) . A solvent having a boiling point of 120 to 170°C is more preferred. Glycol alkyl ether acetates are preferred in terms of a good balance of coating properties, surface tension, etc. and high solubility of the constituent components in the composition.

二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類可單獨使用,亦可併用其他溶劑。  作為併用之溶劑,尤佳為二醇單烷基醚類。就組合物中之構成成分之溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為丙二醇單甲醚。  二醇單烷基醚類之極性較高,若添加量過多,則存在顏料易於凝集,之後所獲得之著色樹脂組合物之黏度提高等保存穩定性下降之傾向,故而於併用二醇單烷基醚類之情形時,(B)溶劑中之二醇單烷基醚類之比率較佳為5~30質量%,更佳為5~20質量%。Glycol alkyl ether acetates can be used alone or in combination with other solvents. As a solvent used together, glycol monoalkyl ethers are particularly preferred. From the viewpoint of the solubility of the constituent components in the composition, propylene glycol monomethyl ether is preferred. Glycol monoalkyl ethers have high polarity. If too much is added, the pigments tend to agglomerate and the viscosity of the colored resin composition obtained subsequently increases, and the storage stability tends to decrease. Therefore, glycol monoalkyl ethers are used in combination. In the case of ethers, the ratio of glycol monoalkyl ethers in (B) the solvent is preferably 5 to 30 mass %, more preferably 5 to 20 mass %.

作為另一態樣,可併用具有150℃以上之沸點之溶劑。藉由併用具有150℃以上之沸點之溶劑,著色樹脂組合物變得不易乾燥,但具有如下效果:不易產生因急遽乾燥所導致之顏料分散液中之構成成分之相互關係之破壞。於併用具有150℃以上之沸點之溶劑之情形時,(B)溶劑中之具有150℃以上之沸點之溶劑之含有比率較佳為3~50質量%,更佳為5~40質量%,尤佳為5~30質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,例如存在如下傾向:易於避免色料成分等於狹縫噴嘴前端析出、固化從而引起異物缺陷,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在如下傾向:易於避免組合物之乾燥速度變慢從而引起減壓乾燥製程之產距(tact)不良或預烘烤之氣孔痕跡等問題。 沸點150℃以上之溶劑可為二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類,又亦可為二醇烷基醚類,於該情形時,無需另外含有沸點150℃以上之溶劑。 作為沸點150℃以上之溶劑,例如可較佳地例舉:二乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己醇二乙酸酯、甘油三乙酸酯。 As another aspect, a solvent having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher may be used together. The combined use of a solvent having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher makes it difficult for the colored resin composition to dry, but has the effect that the relationship between the constituent components in the pigment dispersion liquid is less likely to be damaged by rapid drying. When a solvent having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher is used in combination, the content ratio of the solvent having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher in the (B) solvent is preferably 3 to 50 mass %, more preferably 5 to 40 mass %, especially Preferably, it is 5 to 30% by mass. By setting the value above the lower limit, for example, there is a tendency to easily prevent the colorant component from precipitating and solidifying at the tip of the slit nozzle, thereby causing foreign matter defects, and by setting the value below the above upper limit, there is a tendency to easily avoid Avoid slowing down the drying speed of the composition, which may cause problems such as poor tact in the vacuum drying process or pore marks in pre-baking. The solvent with a boiling point of 150°C or above may be glycol alkyl ether acetates or glycol alkyl ethers. In this case, there is no need to additionally contain a solvent with a boiling point of 150°C or above. Preferable examples of solvents having a boiling point of 150° C. or higher include: diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,3- Butanediol diacetate, 1,6-hexanol diacetate, glycerol triacetate.

於藉由噴墨法形成彩色濾光片之像素之情形時,作為(B)溶劑,適合的為沸點較佳為130℃以上300℃以下,更佳為150℃以上280℃以下者。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在所獲得之塗膜之均勻性變得良好之傾向,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在易於減少焙燒時之殘留溶劑之傾向。 作為溶劑之蒸氣壓,就所獲得之塗膜之均勻性之觀點而言,可使用較佳為10 mmHg以下,更佳為5 mmHg以下,進而較佳為1 mmHg以下者。 When forming pixels of a color filter by an inkjet method, a suitable solvent (B) is one whose boiling point is preferably from 130°C to 300°C, more preferably from 150°C to 280°C. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the uniformity of the coating film obtained tends to become good, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency that the residual solvent at the time of baking can be easily reduced. The vapor pressure of the solvent is preferably 10 mmHg or less, more preferably 5 mmHg or less, and still more preferably 1 mmHg or less, from the viewpoint of the uniformity of the coating film obtained.

於藉由噴墨法之彩色濾光片製造中,自噴嘴噴發之油墨非常細微,為幾微微升(pL)~數十微微升,故而於噴至噴嘴口周邊或像素陣列內之前,存在溶劑蒸發從而導致油墨濃縮、乾燥之傾向。為避免該情況,較佳為(B)溶劑含有沸點較高之溶劑,具體而言,較佳為含有沸點180℃以上之溶劑。更佳為含有沸點200℃以上之溶劑,尤佳為含有沸點220℃以上之溶劑。於含有沸點180℃以上之溶劑之情形時,沸點180℃以上之溶劑於(B)溶劑中之含有比率較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為70質量%以上,最佳為90質量%以上。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在易於充分發揮防止溶劑自液滴蒸發之效果之傾向。In the manufacturing of color filters by the inkjet method, the ink ejected from the nozzle is very fine, ranging from several picoliters (pL) to tens of picoliters. Therefore, solvent exists before it is sprayed around the nozzle or into the pixel array. Evaporation causes the ink to concentrate and dry out. In order to avoid this situation, it is preferable that the solvent (B) contains a solvent with a relatively high boiling point. Specifically, it is preferable that the solvent (B) contains a solvent with a boiling point of 180° C. or higher. More preferably, it contains a solvent with a boiling point of 200°C or higher, and even more preferably, it contains a solvent with a boiling point of 220°C or higher. When a solvent with a boiling point of 180°C or higher is contained, the content ratio of the solvent with a boiling point of 180°C or higher in the solvent (B) is preferably 50 mass% or more, more preferably 70 mass% or more, and most preferably 90 mass% or more. . By setting it to the above-mentioned lower limit value or more, there is a tendency that the effect of preventing evaporation of the solvent from the liquid droplets can be easily exerted.

作為沸點180℃以上之溶劑,例如可例舉:二乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己醇二乙酸酯、甘油三乙酸酯。 為調整著色樹脂組合物之黏度或調整固形物成分之溶解度,可含有沸點低於180℃之溶劑。作為此種溶劑,較佳為低黏度且溶解性較高,低表面張力之溶劑,例如較佳為醚類、酯類、酮類。例如較佳為環己酮、二丙二醇二甲醚、環己醇乙酸酯。 Examples of solvents having a boiling point of 180°C or higher include diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, and 1,3-butanediol. Diacetate, 1,6-hexanol diacetate, glycerol triacetate. In order to adjust the viscosity of the colored resin composition or adjust the solubility of the solid component, a solvent with a boiling point lower than 180°C may be included. As such a solvent, a solvent with low viscosity, high solubility, and low surface tension is preferred. For example, ethers, esters, and ketones are preferred. For example, cyclohexanone, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, and cyclohexanol acetate are preferred.

若溶劑含有醇類,則存在噴墨法中之噴出穩定性劣化之情形。於併用醇類之情形時,(B)溶劑中之醇類之含有比率較佳為20質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以下,尤佳為5質量%以下。If the solvent contains alcohol, the ejection stability in the inkjet method may be deteriorated. When alcohols are used together, the content ratio of alcohols in (B) the solvent is preferably 20 mass% or less, more preferably 10 mass% or less, and particularly preferably 5 mass% or less.

(B)溶劑於本發明之著色樹脂組合物中所占之含有比率並無特別限定,其上限較佳為99質量%以下,更佳為90質量%以下,進而較佳為85質量%以下。藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在易於形成塗佈膜之傾向。另一方面,作為溶劑含有比率之下限,考慮適合塗佈之黏性等,較佳為70質量%以上,更佳為75質量%以上,進而較佳為80質量%以上。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,溶劑於著色樹脂組合物中所占之含有比率較佳為70~99質量%,更佳為75~90質量%,進而較佳為80~85質量%。(B) The content ratio of the solvent in the colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but the upper limit is preferably 99 mass% or less, more preferably 90 mass% or less, and still more preferably 85 mass% or less. By setting it to below the above-mentioned upper limit, there is a tendency for the coating film to be easily formed. On the other hand, the lower limit of the solvent content ratio is preferably 70 mass% or more, more preferably 75 mass% or more, and still more preferably 80 mass% or more, taking into consideration the viscosity suitable for coating. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of the solvent in the colored resin composition is preferably 70 to 99 mass%, more preferably 75 to 90 mass%, and still more preferably 80 to 85 mass%.

[1-3](C)鹼可溶性樹脂  本發明之著色樹脂組合物含有(C)鹼可溶性樹脂。藉由含有(C)鹼可溶性樹脂,可兼顧藉由光聚合之膜硬化性與藉由顯影液之溶解性。 作為(C)鹼可溶性樹脂,例如可使用:日本專利特開平7-207211號公報、日本專利特開平8-259876號公報、日本專利特開平10-300922號公報、日本專利特開平11-140144號公報、日本專利特開平11-174224號公報、日本專利特開2000-56118號公報、日本專利特開2003-233179號公報中記載之公知之高分子化合物。  較佳可例舉下述(C-1)~(C-5)之樹脂。  (C-1):對含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與其他自由基聚合性單體之共聚物,於該共聚物所具有之環氧基之至少一部分上加成不飽和一元酸而成之樹脂,或者於藉由該加成反應而生成之羥基之至少一部分上加成多元酸酐所獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂(以下有時稱為「樹脂(C-1)」) (C-2):於主鏈含有羧基之直鏈狀鹼可溶性樹脂(以下有時稱為「樹脂(C-2)」) (C-3):於上述樹脂(C-2)之羧基部分上加成含環氧基之不飽和化合物而成之樹脂(以下有時稱為「樹脂(C-3)」) (C-4):(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂(以下有時稱為「樹脂(C-4)」) (C-5):具有羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂(以下有時稱為「樹脂(C-5)」)  尤佳可例舉樹脂(C-1)。 [1-3] (C) Alkali-soluble resin The colored resin composition of the present invention contains (C) alkali-soluble resin. By containing (C) an alkali-soluble resin, it is possible to achieve both film curability by photopolymerization and solubility in a developer. As (C) the alkali-soluble resin, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 1997-207211, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-259876, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-300922, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 11-140144 Publications, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-174224, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-56118, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-233179 are known polymer compounds described. Preferable examples include the following resins (C-1) to (C-5). (C-1): For a copolymer of an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomers, an unsaturated monobasic acid is added to at least part of the epoxy groups of the copolymer. The resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to at least part of the hydroxyl groups generated by the addition reaction (hereinafter may be referred to as "resin (C-1)") (C-2): A linear alkali-soluble resin containing a carboxyl group in the main chain (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "resin (C-2)") (C-3): A resin obtained by adding an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound to the carboxyl moiety of the above-mentioned resin (C-2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "resin (C-3)") (C-4): (meth)acrylic resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "resin (C-4)") (C-5): Epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxyl group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "resin (C-5)"). Particularly preferred examples include resin (C-1).

樹脂(C-2)~(C-5)只要為可被鹼性顯影液溶解,具有完成目標顯影處理之程度之溶解性者即可,可分別較佳地採用日本專利特開2009-025813號公報中作為相同項目而記載之樹脂。The resins (C-2) to (C-5) only need to be soluble in an alkaline developer and have a solubility sufficient to complete the target development process. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-025813 can be preferably used. Resin described as the same item in the gazette.

(C-1):對含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與其他自由基聚合性單體之共聚物,於該共聚物所具有之環氧基之至少一部分上加成不飽和一元酸而成之樹脂,或者於藉由該加成反應而生成之羥基之至少一部分上加成多元酸酐所獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂 作為樹脂(C-1)之較佳態樣之一,可例舉:「對含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯5~90莫耳%與其他自由基聚合性單體10~95莫耳%之共聚物,於該共聚物所具有之環氧基之10~100莫耳%上加成不飽和一元酸而成之樹脂,或者於藉由該加成反應而生成之羥基之10~100莫耳%上加成多元酸酐所獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂」。 (C-1): For a copolymer of an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomers, an unsaturated monobasic acid is added to at least part of the epoxy groups of the copolymer. A resin obtained by adding a polybasic acid anhydride to at least part of the hydroxyl groups generated by the addition reaction. One of the preferred aspects of the resin (C-1) is: "5 to 90 mol% of epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and 10 to 95 mol% of other radically polymerizable monomers. % copolymer, a resin obtained by adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to 10 to 100 mol % of the epoxy groups of the copolymer, or 10 to 10 mol % of the hydroxyl groups generated by the addition reaction Alkali-soluble resin obtained by adding polybasic acid anhydride to 100 mol%.

作為含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可例示:(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(3,4-環氧環己基)甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯縮水甘油醚。其中,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯。該等含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Examples of the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate include: (glycidylmeth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, and (3,4-(meth)acrylate). Epoxycyclohexyl)methyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid 4-hydroxybutyl glycidyl ether. Among them, glycidyl (meth)acrylate is preferred. One type of these epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylates may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

作為與含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚之其他自由基聚合性單體,較佳為具有下述通式(V)所表示之結構之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯。As another radically polymerizable monomer copolymerized with the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate, a mono(meth)acrylate having a structure represented by the following general formula (V) is preferred.

[化13] [Chemical 13]

式(V)中,R 91~R 98各自獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~3之烷基。再者,R 96與R 98或R 95與R 97可相互連結而形成環。 式(V)中,R 96與R 98或R 95與R 97連結而形成之環較佳為脂肪族環,可為飽和或不飽和之任一者,又碳數較佳為5~6。 In formula (V), R 91 to R 98 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Furthermore, R 96 and R 98 or R 95 and R 97 may be connected to each other to form a ring. In formula (V), the ring formed by connecting R 96 and R 98 or R 95 and R 97 is preferably an aliphatic ring, which may be saturated or unsaturated, and preferably has a carbon number of 5 to 6.

其中,作為式(V)所表示之結構,較佳為下述通式(Va)、(Vb)或(Vc)所表示之結構。 藉由於鹼可溶性樹脂中導入該等結構,於將本發明之著色樹脂組合物用於彩色濾光片形成用之情形時,存在該著色樹脂組合物之耐熱性提高,使用該著色樹脂組合物而形成之像素之強度增加之傾向。 Among them, the structure represented by formula (V) is preferably a structure represented by the following general formula (Va), (Vb) or (Vc). By introducing these structures into an alkali-soluble resin, when the colored resin composition of the present invention is used for forming a color filter, the heat resistance of the colored resin composition is improved, and the use of the colored resin composition The tendency of the resulting pixels to increase in intensity.

具有式(V)所表示之結構之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。One type of mono(meth)acrylate having a structure represented by formula (V) may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

[化14] [Chemical 14]

作為具有式(V)所表示之結構之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯,只要具有式(V)所表示之結構,則可使用公知之各種單(甲基)丙烯酸酯,尤佳為下述通式(VI)所表示之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯。As the mono(meth)acrylate having a structure represented by formula (V), various known mono(meth)acrylates can be used as long as they have a structure represented by formula (V), and the following general mono(meth)acrylates are particularly preferred. Mono(meth)acrylate represented by formula (VI).

[化15] [Chemical 15]

式(VI)中,R 89表示氫原子或甲基,R 90表示式(V)所表示之結構。 In the formula (VI), R 89 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 90 represents the structure represented by the formula (V).

於含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與其他自由基聚合性單體之共聚物中,含有源自式(VI)所表示之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯之重複單元之情形時,源自式(VI)所表示之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯之重複單元之含有比率於源自其他自由基聚合性單體之重複單元中,較佳為5~90莫耳%,進而較佳為10~70莫耳%,尤佳為15~50莫耳%。When the copolymer of an epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomers contains a repeating unit derived from a mono(meth)acrylate represented by formula (VI), the source The content ratio of the repeating units derived from the mono(meth)acrylate represented by the formula (VI) to the repeating units derived from other radically polymerizable monomers is preferably 5 to 90 mol %, and more preferably 10-70 mol%, preferably 15-50 mol%.

作為式(VI)所表示之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外之其他自由基聚合性單體,並無特別限定,例如可例舉:苯乙烯、苯乙烯之α位、鄰位、間位、對位烷基、硝基、氰基、醯胺、酯衍生物等乙烯基芳香族類;丁二烯、2,3-二甲基丁二烯、異戊二烯、氯丁二烯等二烯類;(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸新戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異𦯉酯、(甲基)丙烯酸金剛烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙炔酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、(甲基)丙烯酸蒽酯、(甲基)丙烯酸蒽醌酯、(甲基)丙烯酸向日葵酯、(甲基)丙烯酸柳酯、(甲基)丙烯酸呋喃酯、(甲基)丙烯酸糠酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫呋喃酯、(甲基)丙烯酸吡喃酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-1,1,1-三氟乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸全氟乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸全氟正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸全氟異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三苯基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-(N,N-二甲胺基)丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲基醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二乙基醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二丙基醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二異丙基醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸蒽基醯胺等(甲基)丙烯醯胺;(甲基)丙烯醯苯胺、(甲基)丙烯醯腈、丙烯醛、氯乙烯、偏二氯乙烯、氟乙烯、偏二氟乙烯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、乙烯基吡啶、乙酸乙烯酯等乙烯基化合物類;甲基順丁烯二酸二乙酯、順丁烯二酸二乙酯、反丁烯二酸二乙酯、伊康酸二乙酯等不飽和二羧酸二酯類;N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-月桂基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-(4-羥基苯基)順丁烯二醯亞胺等單順丁烯二醯亞胺類;N-(甲基)丙烯醯基鄰苯二甲醯亞胺。The radically polymerizable monomer other than the mono(meth)acrylate represented by the formula (VI) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include: styrene, α-position, ortho-position, meta-position of styrene, Para-alkyl, nitro, cyano, amide, ester derivatives and other vinyl aromatics; butadiene, 2,3-dimethylbutadiene, isoprene, chloroprene and other diamines Alkenes; methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) Second butyl acrylate, third butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, neopentyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, ( 2-Methylcyclohexyl methacrylate, dicyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, adamantyl (meth)acrylate, propynyl (meth)acrylate, ( Phenyl methacrylate, naphthyl (meth)acrylate, anthracene (meth)acrylate, anthraquinone (meth)acrylate, sunflower ester (meth)acrylate, salyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Furyl (meth)acrylate, furfuryl (meth)acrylate, tetrahydrofuryl (meth)acrylate, pyranyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Toluyl acrylate, 1,1,1-trifluoroethyl (meth)acrylate, perfluoroethyl (meth)acrylate, perfluoro-n-propyl (meth)acrylate, perfluoroethyl (meth)acrylate Fluoroisopropyl ester, triphenylmethyl (meth)acrylate, cumyl (meth)acrylate, 3-(N,N-dimethylamino)propyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) (Meth)acrylates such as 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylamide, (meth)acrylic acid N,N-dimethylamide, (meth)acrylic acid N,N-dimethylamide, Meth)acrylic acid N,N-diethylamide, (meth)acrylic acid N,N-dipropylamide, (meth)acrylic acid N,N-diisopropylamide, (meth)acrylic acid Anthrylamide and other (meth)acrylamide; (meth)acrylamide, (meth)acrylonitrile, acrolein, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, vinyl fluoride, vinylidene fluoride, N- Vinyl compounds such as vinylpyrrolidone, vinylpyridine, vinyl acetate; diethyl methylmaleate, diethyl maleate, diethyl fumarate, Ikon Unsaturated dicarboxylic acid diesters such as diethyl acid; N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-laurylmaleimide, N-(4-hydroxyphenyl)maleimide and other monomaleimines; N-(meth)acrylylphthalimide.

該等其他自由基聚合性單體中,就對著色樹脂組合物賦予優異之耐熱性及強度之觀點而言,較佳為苯乙烯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、單順丁烯二醯亞胺。 於含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與其他自由基聚合性單體之共聚物中含有源自苯乙烯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、或單順丁烯二醯亞胺之任一重複單元之情形時,源自其他自由基聚合性單體之重複單元中,源自苯乙烯之重複單元、源自(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯之重複單元、及源自單順丁烯二醯亞胺之重複單元之含有比率之合計較佳為1~70莫耳%,進而較佳為3~50莫耳%。 Among these other radically polymerizable monomers, from the viewpoint of imparting excellent heat resistance and strength to the colored resin composition, styrene, benzyl (meth)acrylate, and monomaleic acid are preferred. amine. Containing any one derived from styrene, benzyl (meth)acrylate, or monomaleimide in the copolymer of epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomers In the case of repeating units, among the repeating units derived from other radically polymerizable monomers, repeating units derived from styrene, repeating units derived from benzyl (meth)acrylate, and monomaleyl The total content ratio of the repeating units of the imine is preferably 1 to 70 mol%, and more preferably 3 to 50 mol%.

含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與其他自由基聚合性單體之共聚反應中可應用公知之溶液聚合法。所使用之溶劑只要為對自由基聚合為惰性者,則並無特別限定,可使用通常所使用之有機溶劑。 作為溶液聚合法中所使用之溶劑,例如可例舉:乙酸乙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸溶纖劑、乙酸丁基溶纖劑等乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類;二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯等二乙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類;丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類;二丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類等乙酸酯類;乙二醇二烷基醚類;甲基卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇等二乙二醇二烷基醚類;三乙二醇二烷基醚類;丙二醇二烷基醚類;二丙二醇二烷基醚類;1,4-二㗁烷、四氫呋喃等醚類;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮等酮類;苯、甲苯、二甲苯、辛烷、癸烷等烴類;石油醚、石腦油、氫化石腦油、溶劑石腦油等石油系溶劑;乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯等乳酸酯類;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮。該等溶劑可單獨使用,亦可併用兩種以上。 The well-known solution polymerization method can be used in the copolymerization reaction of epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomers. The solvent used is not particularly limited as long as it is inert to radical polymerization, and commonly used organic solvents can be used. Examples of the solvent used in the solution polymerization method include: ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, cellosolve acetate, butyl cellosolve acetate; diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate; Diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as methyl ether acetate, carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate; propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate; dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate Acetate esters such as esters; ethylene glycol dialkyl ethers; diethylene glycol dialkyl ethers such as methyl carbitol, ethyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, etc.; triethylene glycol dialkyl ethers Ethers; propylene glycol dialkyl ethers; dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers; 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and other ethers; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone ketones; hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, octane, and decane; petroleum solvents such as petroleum ether, naphtha, hydrogenated naphtha, and solvent naphtha; methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, lactic acid Lactic acid esters such as butyl ester; dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolidone. These solvents may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

溶液聚合法中所使用之溶劑之使用量相對於所獲得之共聚物100質量份,較佳為30~1000質量份,更佳為50~800質量份。藉由使溶劑之使用量為上述範圍內,存在易於控制共聚物之分子量之傾向。 共聚反應中所使用之自由基聚合起始劑只要為可使自由基聚合起始者,則並無特別限定,可使用通常所使用之有機過氧化物觸媒或偶氮化合物觸媒。作為有機過氧化物觸媒,可例舉:公知之分類為過氧化酮、過氧縮酮、過氧化氫、二烯丙基過氧化物、二醯基過氧化物、過氧酯、過氧化二碳酸酯之觸媒。 The usage amount of the solvent used in the solution polymerization method is preferably 30 to 1000 parts by mass, and more preferably 50 to 800 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the copolymer obtained. By setting the usage amount of the solvent within the above range, the molecular weight of the copolymer tends to be easily controlled. The radical polymerization initiator used in the copolymerization reaction is not particularly limited as long as it can initiate radical polymerization. Commonly used organic peroxide catalysts or azo compound catalysts can be used. Examples of organic peroxide catalysts include: well-known classifications as ketone peroxide, peroxy ketal, hydrogen peroxide, diallyl peroxide, diyl peroxide, peroxy ester, peroxide Catalyst for dicarbonate.

作為共聚反應中所使用之自由基聚合起始劑,例如可例舉:過氧化苯甲醯、二異丙苯基過氧化物、二異丙基過氧化物、二第三丁基過氧化物、過氧化苯甲酸第三丁酯、過氧化苯甲酸第三己酯、過氧化-2-乙基己酸第三丁酯、過氧化-2-乙基己酸第三己酯、1,1-雙(第三丁基過氧基)-3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、2,5-二甲基-2,5-雙(第三丁基過氧基)己基-3、3-異丙基過氧化氫、第三丁基過氧化氫、二異丙苯基過氧化物、二異丙苯基過氧化氫、過氧化乙醯、過氧化二碳酸雙(4-第三丁基環己基)酯、過氧化二碳酸二異丙酯、過氧化異丁基、過氧化3,3,5-三甲基己醯、過氧化月桂基、1,1-雙(第三丁基過氧基)3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、1,1-雙(第三己基過氧基)3,3,5-三甲基環己烷。Examples of the radical polymerization initiator used in the copolymerization reaction include: benzyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, diisopropyl peroxide, and di-tert-butyl peroxide. , tert-butyl peroxybenzoate, tert-hexyl peroxybenzoate, tert-butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate, tert-hexyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate, 1,1 -Bis(tert-butylperoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis(tert-butylperoxy)hexyl-3 , 3-isopropyl hydroperoxide, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, dicumyl peroxide, dicumyl hydroperoxide, acetyl peroxide, peroxydicarbonate bis (4-th Tributylcyclohexyl) ester, diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate, isobutyl peroxide, 3,3,5-trimethylhexyl peroxide, lauryl peroxide, 1,1-bis(tertiary) Butylperoxy) 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis (third hexylperoxy) 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane.

作為偶氮化合物觸媒,例如可例舉:偶氮二異丁腈、偶氮二甲醯胺。 該等之中,根據聚合溫度,使用一種或兩種以上之適當之半衰期之自由基聚合起始劑。 自由基聚合起始劑之使用量相對於共聚反應中所使用之單體之合計100質量份,通常為0.5~20質量份,較佳為1~10質量份。 Examples of the azo compound catalyst include azobisisobutyronitrile and azodimethamide. Among them, one or two or more radical polymerization initiators with appropriate half-lives are used depending on the polymerization temperature. The usage amount of the radical polymerization initiator is usually 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total monomers used in the copolymerization reaction.

共聚反應可將共聚反應中所使用之單體及自由基聚合起始劑溶解於溶劑中,一邊攪拌一邊升溫而進行,亦可將添加有自由基聚合起始劑之單體滴加至升溫、攪拌之溶劑中而進行,亦可於溶劑中添加自由基聚合起始劑並於升溫中滴加單體。 反應條件可根據目標分子量而設定。 The copolymerization reaction can be carried out by dissolving the monomers and radical polymerization initiators used in the copolymerization reaction in a solvent and raising the temperature while stirring. Alternatively, the monomers added with the radical polymerization initiator can be added dropwise until the temperature rises. It can be carried out in a stirred solvent, or a radical polymerization initiator can be added to the solvent and the monomer can be added dropwise while the temperature is rising. Reaction conditions can be set according to the target molecular weight.

於本發明中,作為含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與其他自由基聚合性單體之共聚物,較佳為包含源自含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之重複單元5~90莫耳%與源自其他自由基聚合性單體之重複單元10~95莫耳%之共聚物;進而較佳為包含源自含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之重複單元20~80莫耳%與源自其他自由基聚合性單體之重複單元80~20莫耳%之共聚物;尤佳為包含源自含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之重複單元30~70莫耳%與源自其他自由基聚合性單體之重複單元70~30莫耳%之共聚物。In the present invention, the copolymer of the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomers preferably contains repeating units 5 derived from the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate. A copolymer of ~90 mol% and 10-95 mol% of repeating units derived from other radically polymerizable monomers; more preferably, it contains 20 repeating units derived from epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate. A copolymer of ~80 mol% and 80-20 mol% of repeating units derived from other radically polymerizable monomers; particularly preferably a copolymer containing 30 ~ 30 mol% of repeating units derived from epoxy-containing (meth)acrylate. A copolymer of 70 mol % and 70 to 30 mol % of repeating units derived from other radically polymerizable monomers.

藉由將源自含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之重複單元之含有比率設為上述下限值以上,存在下述不飽和一元酸或多元酸酐之加成量變得充分之傾向。 藉由將源自其他自由基聚合性單體之重複單元之含有比率設為上述下限值以上,存在耐熱性或強度變得充分之傾向。 繼而,使不飽和一元酸(聚合性成分)及多元酸酐(鹼可溶性成分)與含環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯與其他自由基聚合性單體之共聚物之環氧基反應。 By setting the content ratio of the repeating unit derived from the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate to not less than the above-mentioned lower limit, the addition amount of the following unsaturated monobasic acid or polybasic acid anhydride tends to become sufficient. By setting the content ratio of repeating units derived from other radically polymerizable monomers to the above lower limit value or more, heat resistance and strength tend to become sufficient. Then, the unsaturated monobasic acid (polymerizable component) and the polybasic acid anhydride (alkali-soluble component) are reacted with the epoxy group of the copolymer of the epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylate and other radically polymerizable monomers.

作為於環氧基上加成之不飽和一元酸,可使用公知之不飽和一元酸,例如可例舉:具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之不飽和羧酸。 作為於環氧基上加成之不飽和一元酸,例如可例舉:(甲基)丙烯酸;丁烯酸;鄰乙烯基苯甲酸、間乙烯基苯甲酸、對乙烯基苯甲酸;α-位被取代為鹵烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、硝基或氰基等之(甲基)丙烯酸等單羧酸,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸。不飽和一元酸可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 As the unsaturated monobasic acid added to the epoxy group, a known unsaturated monobasic acid can be used. For example, an unsaturated carboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond can be used. Examples of the unsaturated monobasic acid added to the epoxy group include: (meth)acrylic acid; crotonic acid; o-vinylbenzoic acid, m-vinylbenzoic acid, p-vinylbenzoic acid; α-position Monocarboxylic acids such as (meth)acrylic acid substituted with a haloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a nitro group or a cyano group are preferably (meth)acrylic acid. One type of unsaturated monobasic acid may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

藉由於環氧基上加成不飽和一元酸,可對樹脂(C-1)賦予聚合性。 不飽和一元酸加成於共聚物所具有之環氧基之例如10~100莫耳%上,較佳為30~100莫耳%上,更佳為50~100莫耳%上。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在著色樹脂組合物之經時穩定性變得良好之傾向。 作為於共聚物之環氧基上加成不飽和一元酸之方法,可採用公知之方法。 By adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group, polymerizability can be imparted to the resin (C-1). The unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy groups of the copolymer in an amount of, for example, 10 to 100 mol%, preferably 30 to 100 mol%, and more preferably 50 to 100 mol%. By making it the said lower limit value or more, the stability with time of a colored resin composition tends to become favorable. As a method of adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group of the copolymer, a known method can be used.

進而,作為在於共聚物之環氧基上加成不飽和一元酸時生成之羥基上加成之多元酸酐,可使用公知之多元酸酐。 作為多元酸酐,例如可例舉:順丁烯二酸酐、琥珀酸酐、伊康酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、氯橋酸酐等二元酸酐;偏苯三甲酸酐、均苯四甲酸酐、二苯甲酮四羧酸酐、聯苯四羧酸酐等三元以上之酸之酸酐。其中,較佳為四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、琥珀酸酐。該等多元酸酐可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 Furthermore, as the polybasic acid anhydride added to the hydroxyl group generated when an unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy group of the copolymer, a known polybasic acid anhydride can be used. Examples of polybasic acid anhydrides include maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, chloro-bridged anhydride and other binary anhydrides. Acid anhydrides; anhydrides of trivalent or higher acids such as trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, benzophenone tetracarboxylic anhydride, and biphenyl tetracarboxylic anhydride. Among them, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride and succinic anhydride are preferred. One type of these polybasic acid anhydrides may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

藉由在於共聚物之環氧基上加成不飽和一元酸時生成之羥基上加成多元酸酐,可對樹脂(C-1)賦予鹼可溶性。 多元酸酐加成於藉由於共聚物所具有之環氧基上加成不飽和一元酸而生成之羥基之例如10~100莫耳%上,較佳為20~90莫耳%上,更佳為30~80莫耳%上。藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影時之殘膜率變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在溶解性變得充分之傾向。 作為在藉由於共聚物所具有之環氧基上加成不飽和一元酸而生成之羥基上加成多元酸酐之方法,可採用公知之方法。 By adding a polybasic acid anhydride to the hydroxyl group generated when an unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy group of the copolymer, alkali solubility can be imparted to the resin (C-1). The polybasic acid anhydride is added to the hydroxyl group generated by adding the unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group of the copolymer, for example, 10 to 100 mol%, preferably 20 to 90 mol%, more preferably 30~80 mol%. By setting the value below the above upper limit, the residual film ratio during development tends to be good, and by setting it above the above lower limit, the solubility tends to become sufficient. As a method of adding a polybasic acid anhydride to the hydroxyl group generated by adding an unsaturated monobasic acid to the epoxy group of the copolymer, a known method can be used.

進而,為提高光敏度,加成多元酸酐後,可於生成之羧基之一部分上加成(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯或具有聚合性不飽和基之縮水甘油醚化合物。 為提高顯影性,可於生成之羧基之一部分上加成不具有聚合性不飽和基之縮水甘油醚化合物。 Furthermore, in order to improve the photosensitivity, after adding the polybasic acid anhydride, glycidyl (meth)acrylate or a glycidyl ether compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group may be added to part of the carboxyl group formed. In order to improve developability, a glycidyl ether compound that does not have a polymerizable unsaturated group may be added to a part of the generated carboxyl group.

又,可加成具有聚合性不飽和基之縮水甘油醚化合物及不具有聚合性不飽和基之縮水甘油醚化合物之兩者。 作為不具有聚合性不飽和基之縮水甘油醚化合物,例如可例舉:具有苯基或烷基之縮水甘油醚化合物。 作為不具有聚合性不飽和基之縮水甘油醚化合物之市售品,例如可例舉:Nagase chemteX公司製造之商品名「CENACOL EX-111」、「CENACOL EX-121」、「CENACOL EX-141」、「CENACOL EX-145」、「CENACOL EX-146」、「CENACOL EX-171」、「CENACOL EX-192」。 Furthermore, both a glycidyl ether compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group and a glycidyl ether compound not having a polymerizable unsaturated group may be added. Examples of the glycidyl ether compound having no polymerizable unsaturated group include a glycidyl ether compound having a phenyl group or an alkyl group. Examples of commercially available glycidyl ether compounds that do not have a polymerizable unsaturated group include trade names "CENACOL EX-111", "CENACOL EX-121", and "CENACOL EX-141" manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation. , "CENACOL EX-145", "CENACOL EX-146", "CENACOL EX-171", "CENACOL EX-192".

樹脂(C-1)之結構例如記載於日本專利特開平8-297366號公報或日本專利特開2001-89533號公報中。 樹脂(C-1)之藉由GPC測定之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量並無特別限定,較佳為3000~100000,尤佳為5000~50000。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在耐熱性或膜強度變得良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在對顯影液之溶解性變得良好之傾向。 作為分子量分佈之標準,樹脂(C-1)之重量平均分子量(Mw)相對於數量平均分子量之比(Mw/Mn)較佳為2.0~5.0。 The structure of the resin (C-1) is described in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-297366 or Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-89533. The weight average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC of the resin (C-1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3,000 to 100,000, particularly preferably 5,000 to 50,000. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the heat resistance or film strength tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or below the above-mentioned upper limit, the solubility in the developer tends to be improved. As a standard for molecular weight distribution, the ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mw/Mn) of the resin (C-1) is preferably 2.0 to 5.0.

就紫外線曝光時之塗膜硬化性之觀點而言,(C)鹼可溶性樹脂中,較佳為(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂。 (c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂所具有的包含具有乙烯性不飽和基之側鏈之部分結構並無特別限定,就兼顧紫外線曝光時之塗膜硬化性與鹼顯影時之鹼溶解性之觀點而言,例如較佳為具有下述通式(CI)所表示之部分結構。 From the viewpoint of coating film curability upon ultraviolet exposure, among (C) alkali-soluble resins, (c1) an acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain is preferred. (c1) The partial structure including the side chain having an ethylenically unsaturated group of the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain is not particularly limited, as long as the coating film hardenability during ultraviolet exposure and alkali are taken into consideration From the viewpoint of alkali solubility during development, for example, it is preferable to have a partial structure represented by the following general formula (CI).

[化16] [Chemical 16]

式(CI)中,R 1及R 2各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。*表示鍵結鍵。 In formula (CI), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. *Indicates bonding key.

式(CI)所表示之部分結構中,就感度或鹼顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為下述通式(CI')所表示之部分結構。Among the partial structures represented by the formula (CI), from the viewpoint of sensitivity or alkali developability, a partial structure represented by the following general formula (CI') is preferred.

[化17] [Chemical 17]

式(CI')中,R 1及R 2各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。R X表示氫原子或多元酸殘基。 In formula (CI'), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R X represents a hydrogen atom or a polybasic acid residue.

所謂多元酸殘基係指自多元酸或其酸酐去除1個OH基所得之1價基。作為多元酸,例如可例舉:順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、二苯甲酮四羧酸、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、內亞甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、氯橋酸、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸。 就圖案化特性之觀點而言,較佳為順丁烯二酸、琥珀酸、伊康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、聯苯四羧酸,更佳為四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸。 該等多元酸可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 The polybasic acid residue refers to a univalent group obtained by removing one OH group from a polybasic acid or its anhydride. Examples of the polybasic acid include maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, and trimellitic acid. , benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, methyl hexahydrophthalic acid, endomethylene tetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorobridge acid, methyl tetrahydrophthalic acid, biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid. From the viewpoint of patterning properties, preferred are maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, and metacarboxylic acid. Trimellitic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, more preferably tetrahydrophthalic acid and biphenyltetracarboxylic acid. One type of these polybasic acids may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

於(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂含有式(CI)所表示之部分結構之情形時,(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂中之式(CI)所表示之部分結構之含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為10莫耳%以上,更佳為20莫耳%以上,進而較佳為30莫耳%以上,進而更佳為40莫耳%以上,尤佳為50莫耳%以上,最佳為65莫耳%以上,又,較佳為95莫耳%以下,更佳為90莫耳%以下,進而較佳為85莫耳%以下,進而更佳為80莫耳%以下,尤佳為75莫耳%以下,最佳為70莫耳%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在紫外線曝光時之塗膜硬化性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在鹼顯影時之鹼溶解性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂中之式(CI)所表示之部分結構之含有比率較佳為10~95莫耳%,更佳為20~90莫耳%,進而較佳為30~85莫耳%,進而更佳為40~80莫耳%,尤佳為50~75莫耳%,最佳為65~70莫耳%。When (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain contains a partial structure represented by the formula (CI), (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain The content ratio of the partial structure represented by the formula (CI) is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, further preferably 30 mol% or more, still more preferably 40 mol% or more, more preferably 50 mol% or more, most preferably 65 mol% or more, more preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, and still more preferably 85 mol% mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, still more preferably 75 mol% or less, most preferably 70 mol% or less. By setting the value above the lower limit, the curability of the coating film during ultraviolet exposure tends to be improved, and by setting the value below the upper limit, the alkali solubility during alkali development tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of the partial structure represented by the formula (CI) in (c1) an acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain is preferably 10 to 95 mol%, more preferably 20 to 90 mol%. %, more preferably 30-85 mol%, still more preferably 40-80 mol%, even more preferably 50-75 mol%, most preferably 65-70 mol%.

於(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂含有式(CI')所表示之部分結構之情形時,(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂中之式(CI')所表示之部分結構之含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為10莫耳%以上,更佳為20莫耳%以上,進而較佳為30莫耳%以上,進而更佳為40莫耳%以上,尤佳為50莫耳%以上,最佳為65莫耳%以上,又,較佳為95莫耳%以下,更佳為90莫耳%以下,進而較佳為85莫耳%以下,進而更佳為80莫耳%以下,尤佳為75莫耳%以下,最佳為70莫耳%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在紫外線曝光時之塗膜硬化性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在鹼顯影時之鹼溶解性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂中之式(CI)所表示之部分結構之含有比率較佳為10~95莫耳%,更佳為20~90莫耳%,進而較佳為30~85莫耳%,進而更佳為40~80莫耳%,尤佳為50~75莫耳%,最佳為65~70莫耳%。When (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain contains a partial structure represented by the formula (CI'), (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain The content ratio of the partial structure represented by the formula (CI') is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, further preferably 30 mol% or more, and more preferably It is preferably 40 mol% or more, more preferably 50 mol% or more, most preferably 65 mol% or more, and more preferably 95 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or less, and still more preferably 85 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, still more preferably 75 mol% or less, most preferably 70 mol% or less. By setting the value above the lower limit, the curability of the coating film during ultraviolet exposure tends to be improved, and by setting the value below the upper limit, the alkali solubility during alkali development tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of the partial structure represented by the formula (CI) in (c1) an acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain is preferably 10 to 95 mol%, more preferably 20 to 90 mol%. %, more preferably 30-85 mol%, still more preferably 40-80 mol%, even more preferably 50-75 mol%, most preferably 65-70 mol%.

於(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂含有式(CI)所表示之部分結構之情形時,其他所含有之部分結構並無特別限定,就鹼顯影時之鹼溶解性之觀點而言,例如具有下述通式(CII)所表示之部分結構之情形時亦較佳。When (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain contains a partial structure represented by the formula (CI), the other partial structures contained are not particularly limited, as long as the acrylic copolymer resin is dissolved in alkali during alkali development From the viewpoint of stability, for example, it is also preferable to have a partial structure represented by the following general formula (CII).

[化18] [Chemical 18]

式(CII)中,R 3表示氫原子或甲基,R 4表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳香族環基或可具有取代基之烯基。 In the formula (CII), R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 4 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aromatic ring group, or an optionally substituted alkenyl group.

(R 4)  於式(CII)中,R 4表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳香族環基或可具有取代基之烯基。 作為R 4之烷基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基。其碳數較佳為1以上,更佳為3以上,進而較佳為5以上,尤佳為8以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為18以下,進而較佳為16以下,進而更佳為14以下,尤佳為12以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在親油性提高,對溶劑之溶解性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在親水性提高,鹼溶解性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,烷基之碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~18,進而較佳為3~16,進而更佳為5~14,尤佳為8~12。 (R 4 ) In formula (CII), R 4 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent. Examples of the alkyl group of R 4 include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, further preferably 5 or more, especially 8 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, and further It is better to be below 14, and especially preferably below 12. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in the solvent is improved, and when the value is below the above-mentioned upper limit, the hydrophilicity is improved and the alkali solubility tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 18, still more preferably 3 to 16, still more preferably 5 to 14, and particularly preferably 8 to 12.

作為烷基,例如可例舉:甲基、乙基、環己基、二環戊基、十二烷基。就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為二環戊基、十二烷基,更佳為二環戊基。 作為烷基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、低聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基。就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、低聚乙二醇基。 Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, dicyclopentyl, and dodecyl. From the viewpoint of developability, dicyclopentyl and dodecyl are preferred, and dicyclopentyl is more preferred. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, Carboxyl, acrylyl, methacrylyl. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

作為R 4之芳香族環基,可例舉:1價之芳香族烴環基及1價之芳香族雜環基。其碳數較佳為6以上,又,較佳為24以下,更佳為22以下,進而較佳為20以下,尤佳為18以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在親油性提高,對溶劑之溶解性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在親水性提高,鹼溶解性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,芳香族環基之碳數較佳為6~24,更佳為6~22,進而較佳為6~20,尤佳為6~18。 作為芳香族烴環基中之芳香族烴環,可為單環亦可為縮合環,例如可例舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、苝環、稠四苯環、芘環、苯并芘環、環、聯三伸苯環、苊環、螢蒽環、茀環。 作為芳香族雜環基中之芳香族雜環,可為單環亦可為縮合環,例如可例舉:呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、㗁二唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環、吡咯并咪唑環、吡咯并吡唑環、吡咯并吡咯環、噻吩并吡咯環、噻吩并噻吩環、呋喃并吡咯環、呋喃并呋喃環、噻吩并呋喃環、苯并異㗁唑環、苯并異噻唑環、苯并咪唑環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、三𠯤環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、㖕啉環、喹㗁啉環、啡啶環、呸啶環、喹唑啉環、喹唑啉酮環、薁環。 就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為苯環基、萘環基,更佳為苯環基。 作為芳香族環基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、低聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基。就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、低聚乙二醇基。 Examples of the aromatic ring group of R 4 include a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group. The carbon number is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 24 or less, more preferably 22 or less, further preferably 20 or less, especially 18 or less. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in the solvent is improved, and when the value is below the above-mentioned upper limit, the hydrophilicity is improved and the alkali solubility tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is preferably 6 to 24, more preferably 6 to 22, further preferably 6 to 20, and particularly preferably 6 to 18. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples thereof include: benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, condensed tetraphenyl ring, and pyrene ring. , benzopyrene ring, ring, three-fold benzene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluoranthene ring. The aromatic heterocyclic ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples thereof include: furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, and pyrazole ring. , imidazole ring, dioxadiazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furo Furan ring, thienofuran ring, benzisinozole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, trisulfonate ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline Phenoline ring, zeoline ring, quinoline ring, phenanthridine ring, phenidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring. From the viewpoint of developability, a phenyl ring group and a naphthyl ring group are preferred, and a phenyl ring group is more preferred. Examples of substituents that the aromatic ring group may have include: methyl, ethyl, propyl, methoxy, ethoxy, chlorine, bromo, fluoro, hydroxyl, amino, and epoxy groups. , oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl group. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

作為R 4之烯基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烯基。其碳數較佳為2以上,又,較佳為22以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為18以下,進而更佳為16以下,尤佳為14以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在親油性提高,對溶劑之溶解性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在親水性提高,鹼溶解性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,烯基之碳數較佳為2~22,更佳為2~20,進而較佳為2~18,進而更佳為2~16,尤佳為2~14。 Examples of the alkenyl group of R 4 include linear, branched or cyclic alkenyl groups. The carbon number is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in the solvent is improved, and when the value is below the above-mentioned upper limit, the hydrophilicity is improved and the alkali solubility tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the carbon number of the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 22, more preferably 2 to 20, still more preferably 2 to 18, still more preferably 2 to 16, and particularly preferably 2 to 14.

作為烯基,例如可例舉:乙烯基、烯丙基、2-丙烯-2-基、2-丁烯-1-基、3-丁烯-1-基、2-戊烯-1-基、3-戊烯-2-基、己烯基、環丁烯基、環戊烯基、環己烯基。就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為乙烯基、烯丙基,更佳為乙烯基。Examples of the alkenyl group include vinyl, allyl, 2-propen-2-yl, 2-buten-1-yl, 3-buten-1-yl, and 2-penten-1-yl. , 3-penten-2-yl, hexenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl. From the viewpoint of developability, vinyl and allyl are preferred, and vinyl is more preferred.

作為烯基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、低聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基。就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、低聚乙二醇基。Examples of substituents that the alkenyl group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

R 4表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳香族環基或可具有取代基之烯基,就顯影性與膜強度之觀點而言,較佳為烷基或烯基,更佳為烷基。 R 4 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, or an alkenyl group which may have a substituent. From the viewpoint of developability and film strength, an alkyl group or an alkenyl group is preferred, and more preferably Preferably it is an alkyl group.

於(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂含有式(CII)所表示之部分結構之情形時,(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂中之式(CII)所表示之部分結構之含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為5莫耳%以上,進而較佳為10莫耳%以上,尤佳為20莫耳%以上,又,較佳為70莫耳%以下,更佳為60莫耳%以下,進而較佳為50莫耳%以下,尤佳為40莫耳%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在鹼溶解性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在著色樹脂組合物之保存穩定性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂中之式(CII)所表示之部分結構之含有比率較佳為1~70莫耳%,更佳為5~60莫耳%,進而較佳為10~50莫耳%,尤佳為20~40莫耳%。When (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain contains a partial structure represented by the formula (CII), (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain The content ratio of the partial structure represented by the formula (CII) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, further preferably 10 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 20 mol%. Mol% or more, and preferably 70 Mol% or less, more preferably 60 Mol% or less, further preferably 50 Mol% or less, particularly preferably 40 Mol% or less. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, alkali solubility tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for the storage stability of a colored resin composition to improve. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of the partial structure represented by formula (CII) in (c1) an acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain is preferably 1 to 70 mol%, more preferably 5 to 60 mol%. %, more preferably 10-50 mol%, particularly preferably 20-40 mol%.

於(c1)丙烯酸系共聚樹脂含有式(CI)所表示之部分結構之情形時,作為其他所含有之部分結構,就藉由提高耐熱性而抑制亮度下降之觀點而言,較佳為含有下述通式(CIII)所表示之部分結構。When the (c1) acrylic copolymer resin contains a partial structure represented by the formula (CI), as other contained partial structures, from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in brightness by improving heat resistance, it is preferable to contain the following: Describe the partial structure represented by general formula (CIII).

[化19] [Chemical 19]

式(CIII)中,R 5表示氫原子或甲基,R 6表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯基、可具有取代基之炔基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、可具有取代基之烷氧基、硫醇基、或可具有取代基之硫化烷基。t表示0~5之整數。 In formula (CIII), R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 6 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, or an optionally substituted alkyl group. An alkoxy group having a substituent, a thiol group, or a sulfide alkyl group which may have a substituent. t represents an integer from 0 to 5.

(R 6)  式(CIII)中,R 6表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯基、可具有取代基之炔基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、可具有取代基之烷氧基、硫醇基、或可具有取代基之硫化烷基。 作為R 6之烷基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷基。其碳數較佳為1以上,更佳為3以上,進而較佳為5以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為18以下,進而較佳為16以下,進而更佳為14以下,尤佳為12以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在親油性提高,對溶劑之溶解性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在親水性提高,鹼溶解性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,烷基之碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~18,進而較佳為3~16,進而更佳為3~14,尤佳為5~12。 (R 6 ) In formula (CIII), R 6 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkenyl group which may have a substituent, an alkynyl group which may have a substituent, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group which may have a substituent. Oxygen group, thiol group, or sulfide alkyl group which may have a substituent. Examples of the alkyl group for R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups. The carbon number is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, further preferably 16 or less, still more preferably 14 or less, Especially preferably below 12. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in the solvent is improved, and when the value is below the above-mentioned upper limit, the hydrophilicity is improved and the alkali solubility tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 18, still more preferably 3 to 16, still more preferably 3 to 14, and particularly preferably 5 to 12.

作為烷基,例如可例舉:甲基、乙基、環己基、二環戊基、十二烷基。就耐熱性之觀點而言,較佳為二環戊基、十二烷基,更佳為二環戊基。 作為烷基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、低聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基。就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、低聚乙二醇基。 Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, dicyclopentyl, and dodecyl. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, dicyclopentyl and dodecyl are preferred, and dicyclopentyl is more preferred. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, Carboxyl, acrylyl, methacrylyl. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

作為R 6之烯基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烯基。其碳數較佳為2以上,又,較佳為22以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為18以下,進而更佳為16以下,尤佳為14以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在親油性提高,對溶劑之溶解性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在親水性提高,鹼溶解性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,烯基之碳數較佳為2~22,更佳為2~20,進而較佳為2~18,進而更佳為2~16,尤佳為2~14。 Examples of the alkenyl group of R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkenyl groups. The carbon number is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in the solvent is improved, and when the value is below the above-mentioned upper limit, the hydrophilicity is improved and the alkali solubility tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the carbon number of the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 22, more preferably 2 to 20, still more preferably 2 to 18, still more preferably 2 to 16, and particularly preferably 2 to 14.

作為烯基,例如可例舉:乙烯基、烯丙基、2-丙烯-2-基、2-丁烯-1-基、3-丁烯-1-基、2-戊烯-1-基、3-戊烯-2-基、己烯基、環丁烯基、環戊烯基、環己烯基。就紫外線曝光時之曝光感度之觀點而言,較佳為乙烯基、烯丙基,更佳為乙烯基。Examples of the alkenyl group include vinyl, allyl, 2-propen-2-yl, 2-buten-1-yl, 3-buten-1-yl, and 2-penten-1-yl. , 3-penten-2-yl, hexenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity during ultraviolet exposure, vinyl and allyl are preferred, and vinyl is more preferred.

作為烯基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、低聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基。就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、低聚乙二醇基。Examples of substituents that the alkenyl group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

作為R 6之炔基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之炔基。其碳數較佳為2以上,又,較佳為22以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為18以下,進而更佳為16以下,尤佳為14以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在親油性提高,對溶劑之溶解性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在親水性提高,鹼溶解性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,炔基之碳數較佳為2~22,更佳為2~20,進而較佳為2~18,進而更佳為2~16,尤佳為2~14。 Examples of the alkynyl group of R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkynyl groups. The carbon number is preferably 2 or more, preferably 22 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, and particularly preferably 14 or less. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in the solvent is improved, and when the value is below the above-mentioned upper limit, the hydrophilicity is improved and the alkali solubility tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group is preferably 2 to 22, more preferably 2 to 20, still more preferably 2 to 18, still more preferably 2 to 16, and particularly preferably 2 to 14.

作為炔基,例如可例舉:1-丙炔-3-基、1-丁炔-4-基、1-戊炔-5-基、2-甲基-3-丁炔-2-基、1,4-戊二炔-3-基、1,3-戊二炔-5-基、1-己炔-6-基。Examples of the alkynyl group include: 1-propyn-3-yl, 1-butyn-4-yl, 1-pentyn-5-yl, 2-methyl-3-butyn-2-yl, 1,4-pentadiyn-3-yl, 1,3-pentadiyn-5-yl, 1-hexyn-6-yl.

作為炔基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、低聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基。就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、低聚乙二醇基。Examples of substituents that the alkynyl group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluoro group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl group, carboxyl. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

作為R 6之鹵素原子,例如可例舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。就丙烯酸系共聚樹脂之保存穩定性之觀點而言,較佳為氟原子。 Examples of the halogen atom of R 6 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. From the viewpoint of storage stability of the acrylic copolymer resin, a fluorine atom is preferred.

作為R 6之烷氧基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之烷氧基。其碳數較佳為1以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為18以下,進而較佳為16以下,進而更佳為14以下,尤佳為12以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在親油性提高,對溶劑之溶解性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在親水性提高,鹼溶解性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,烷氧基之碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~18,進而較佳為1~16,進而更佳為1~14,尤佳為1~12。 Examples of the alkoxy group of R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy groups. The carbon number is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, still more preferably 14 or less, particularly preferably 12 or less. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in the solvent is improved, and when the value is below the above-mentioned upper limit, the hydrophilicity is improved and the alkali solubility tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 18, still more preferably 1 to 16, still more preferably 1 to 14, and particularly preferably 1 to 12.

作為烷氧基,例如可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基。Examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, isopropoxy group, butoxy group and isobutoxy group.

作為烷氧基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、低聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基。就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、低聚乙二醇基。Examples of substituents that the alkoxy group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, and phenyl group. , carboxyl, acrylyl, methacrylyl. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

作為R 6之硫化烷基,可例舉:直鏈狀、支鏈狀或環狀之硫化烷基。其碳數較佳為1以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為18以下,進而較佳為16以下,進而更佳為14以下,尤佳為12以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在親油性提高,對溶劑之溶解性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在親水性提高,鹼溶解性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。  例如,硫化烷基之碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~18,進而較佳為1~16,進而更佳為1~14,尤佳為1~12。 Examples of the sulfide alkyl group of R 6 include linear, branched or cyclic sulfide alkyl groups. The carbon number is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 20 or less, more preferably 18 or less, still more preferably 16 or less, still more preferably 14 or less, particularly preferably 12 or less. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the lipophilicity tends to be improved and the solubility in the solvent is improved, and when the value is below the above-mentioned upper limit, the hydrophilicity is improved and the alkali solubility tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the carbon number of the sulfide alkyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 18, still more preferably 1 to 16, still more preferably 1 to 14, and particularly preferably 1 to 12.

作為硫化烷基,例如可例舉:硫化甲基、硫化乙基、硫化丙基、硫化丁基。就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為硫化甲基、硫化乙基。Examples of the sulfide alkyl group include methyl sulfide, ethyl sulfide, propyl sulfide, and butyl sulfide. From the viewpoint of developability, methyl sulfide and ethyl sulfide are preferred.

作為硫化烷基中之烷基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、氯基、溴基、氟基、羥基、胺基、環氧基、低聚乙二醇基、苯基、羧基、丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基。就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、低聚乙二醇基。Examples of substituents that the alkyl group in the sulfide alkyl group may have include: methoxy group, ethoxy group, chlorine group, bromo group, fluorine group, hydroxyl group, amino group, epoxy group, oligoethylene glycol group, phenyl, carboxyl, acrylyl, methacrylyl. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxyl group and an oligoethylene glycol group are preferred.

R 6表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烯基、可具有取代基之炔基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、烷氧基、羥基烷基、硫醇基、或可具有取代基之硫化烷基,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基或羧基,更佳為羧基。 R 6 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, an optionally substituted alkynyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyalkyl group, a thiol group, or an optionally substituted group. The alkyl sulfide group is preferably a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group, and more preferably a carboxyl group from the viewpoint of developability.

式(CIII)中,t表示0~5之整數。就製造容易性之觀點而言,t較佳為0。In formula (CIII), t represents an integer from 0 to 5. From the viewpoint of manufacturing ease, t is preferably 0.

於(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂含有式(CIII)所表示之部分結構之情形時,(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂中之式(CIII)所表示之部分結構之含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為2莫耳%以上,進而較佳為5莫耳%以上,尤佳為8莫耳%以上,又,較佳為50莫耳%以下,更佳為40莫耳%以下,進而較佳為30莫耳%以下,尤佳為20莫耳%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在耐熱性提高,抑制亮度下降之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在其他部分結構之含有比率增大,鹼溶解性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂中之式(CIII)所表示之部分結構之含有比率較佳為1~50莫耳%,更佳為2~40莫耳%,進而較佳為5~30莫耳%,尤佳為8~20莫耳%。When (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain contains a partial structure represented by the formula (CIII), (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain The content ratio of the partial structure represented by formula (CIII) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, further preferably 5 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 8 mol%. Mol% or more, and preferably 50 Mol% or less, more preferably 40 Mol% or less, further preferably 30 Mol% or less, particularly preferably 20 Mol% or less. By setting the value above the lower limit, heat resistance tends to be improved and a decrease in brightness is suppressed. By setting the value below the upper limit, the content ratio of other partial structures increases, thereby tending to improve alkali solubility. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of the partial structure represented by formula (CIII) in (c1) an acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 2 to 40 mol%. %, more preferably 5 to 30 mol %, particularly preferably 8 to 20 mol %.

於(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂具有式(CI)所表示之部分結構之情形時,作為其他所含有之部分結構,就顯影性之觀點而言,具有下述通式(CIV)所表示之部分結構之情形時亦較佳。In the case where (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain has a partial structure represented by the formula (CI), the other contained partial structures have the following from the viewpoint of developability It is also preferable to describe the partial structure represented by the general formula (CIV).

[化20] [Chemistry 20]

式(CIV)中,R 7表示氫原子或甲基。 In formula (CIV), R 7 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

於(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂含有式(CIV)所表示之部分結構之情形時,(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂中之式(CIV)所表示之部分結構之含有比率並無特別限定,較佳為5莫耳%以上,更佳為10莫耳%以上,進而較佳為20莫耳%以上,又,較佳為80莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下,進而較佳為60莫耳%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在鹼溶解性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在著色樹脂組合物之保存穩定性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,(c1)於側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和基之丙烯酸系共聚樹脂中之式(CIV)所表示之部分結構之含有比率較佳為5~80莫耳%,更佳為10~70莫耳%,進而較佳為20~60莫耳%。When (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain contains a partial structure represented by the formula (CIV), (c1) the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain The content ratio of the partial structure represented by the formula (CIV) is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, further preferably 20 mol% or more, and more preferably It is 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less, still more preferably 60 mol% or less. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, alkali solubility tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for the storage stability of a colored resin composition to improve. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, (c1) in the acrylic copolymer resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, the content ratio of the partial structure represented by the formula (CIV) is preferably 5 to 80 mol %, more preferably 10 to 70 mol %. mol%, and more preferably 20 to 60 mol%.

(C)鹼可溶性樹脂之酸值並無特別限定,較佳為10 mgKOH/g以上,更佳為30 mgKOH/g以上,進而較佳為40 mgKOH/g以上,進而更佳為50 mgKOH/g以上,尤佳為60 mgKOH/g以上,又,較佳為300 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為250 mgKOH/g以下,進而較佳為200 mgKOH/g以下,進而更佳為150 mgKOH/g以下,尤佳為100 mgKOH/g以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在鹼溶解性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在著色樹脂組合物之保存穩定性、基板密接性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,(C)鹼可溶性樹脂之酸值較佳為10~300 mgKOH/g,更佳為30~300 mgKOH/g,進而較佳為40~250 mgKOH/g,進而更佳為50~200 mgKOH/g,尤佳為60~150 mgKOH/g。(C) The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, further preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 50 mgKOH/g. Above, preferably 60 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 300 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 250 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less , especially preferably below 100 mgKOH/g. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, alkali solubility tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for the storage stability and substrate adhesion of a colored resin composition to improve. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the acid value of (C) the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 10 to 300 mgKOH/g, more preferably 30 to 300 mgKOH/g, further preferably 40 to 250 mgKOH/g, still more preferably 50 to 200 mgKOH /g, especially 60-150 mgKOH/g.

(C)鹼可溶性樹脂之重量平均分子量並無特別限定,較佳為1000以上,更佳為2000以上,進而較佳為4000以上,進而更佳為6000以上,進一步較佳為7000以上,尤佳為8000以上,又,較佳為30000以下,更佳為20000以下,進而較佳為15000以下,尤佳為10000以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在耐熱性或塗膜硬化性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在鹼溶解性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,(C)鹼可溶性樹脂之重量平均分子量較佳為1000~30000,更佳為2000~30000,進而較佳為4000~20000,進而更佳為6000~20000,進一步較佳為7000~15000,尤佳為8000~10000。(C) The weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more, further preferably 4,000 or more, still more preferably 6,000 or more, still more preferably 7,000 or more, especially preferably It is 8,000 or more, and preferably it is 30,000 or less, more preferably 20,000 or less, further preferably 15,000 or less, especially 10,000 or less. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, heat resistance or coating film hardenability tends to be improved, and when the value is below the above-mentioned upper limit, alkali solubility tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the weight average molecular weight of (C) the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1,000 to 30,000, more preferably 2,000 to 30,000, further preferably 4,000 to 20,000, still more preferably 6,000 to 20,000, further preferably 7,000 to 15,000. The best value is 8,000 to 10,000.

本發明之著色樹脂組合物中之(C)鹼可溶性樹脂之含有比率並無特別限定,於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中,較佳為5質量%以上,更佳為10質量%以上,進而較佳為20質量%以上,進而更佳為30質量%以上,尤佳為40質量%以上,又,較佳為80質量%以下,更佳為70質量%以下,進而較佳為60質量%以下,尤佳為50質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在紫外線曝光時之塗膜硬化性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在顯影液溶解性提高,抑制殘渣之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,著色樹脂組合物中之(C)鹼可溶性樹脂之含有比率於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中較佳為5~80質量%,更佳為10~80質量%,進而較佳為20~70質量%,進而更佳為30~60質量%,尤佳為40~50質量%。The content ratio of (C) alkali-soluble resin in the colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 5 mass % or more, and more preferably 10 mass % or more in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. , more preferably 20 mass% or more, still more preferably 30 mass% or more, especially 40 mass% or more, and more preferably 80 mass% or less, more preferably 70 mass% or less, still more preferably 60 mass% mass% or less, preferably 50 mass% or less. By setting the value above the lower limit, the curability of the coating film during ultraviolet exposure tends to be improved, and by setting the value below the upper limit, the solubility of the developer increases and residues tend to be suppressed. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of (C) alkali-soluble resin in the colored resin composition is preferably 5 to 80 mass %, more preferably 10 to 80 mass %, and still more preferably 5 to 80 mass % of the total solid content of the colored resin composition. 20 to 70 mass%, more preferably 30 to 60 mass%, particularly preferably 40 to 50 mass%.

[1-4](D)光聚合起始劑  本發明之著色樹脂組合物含有(D)光聚合起始劑。藉由含有(D)光聚合起始劑,可藉由光聚合而賦予膜硬化性。 (D)光聚合起始劑亦可作為與加速劑(鏈轉移劑)及視需要添加之增感色素等添加劑之混合物(光聚合起始系統)而使用。光聚合起始系統係具有如下功能之成分:直接吸收光或經光敏化而引起分解反應或奪氫反應,產生聚合活性自由基。 [1-4] (D) Photopolymerization initiator The colored resin composition of the present invention contains (D) photopolymerization initiator. By containing (D) the photopolymerization initiator, curability can be imparted to the film by photopolymerization. (D) The photopolymerization initiator can also be used as a mixture (photopolymerization initiator system) with an accelerator (chain transfer agent) and optionally added additives such as a sensitizing dye. The photopolymerization starting system is a component with the following functions: directly absorbing light or causing decomposition reaction or hydrogen abstraction reaction through photosensitization to generate polymerization active free radicals.

作為光聚合起始劑,例如可例舉:日本專利特開昭59-152396號公報、日本專利特開昭61-151197號各公報中記載之包含二茂鈦化合物之茂金屬化合物、或日本專利特開平10-39503號公報中記載之六芳基聯咪唑衍生物、鹵甲基-均三𠯤衍生物、N-苯基甘胺酸等N-芳基-α-胺基酸類、N-芳基-α-胺基酸鹽類、N-芳基-α-胺基酸酯類等自由基活性劑、α-胺烷基苯酮系化合物、日本專利特開2000-80068號公報中記載之肟酯系起始劑。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include metallocene compounds including titanocene compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Sho 59-152396 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 61-151197, or Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Sho 61-151197. N-aryl-α-amino acids, N-aryl-alpha-amino acids such as hexaarylbimidazole derivatives, halomethyl-trisene derivatives, and N-phenylglycine described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-39503 Radical active agents such as hydroxy-α-amino acid salts and N-aryl-α-amino acid esters, and α-amine alkylphenone compounds are described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-80068 Oxime ester starter.

以下例舉可用於本發明之光聚合起始劑。  2-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-均三𠯤、2-(4-甲氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-均三𠯤、2-(4-乙氧基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-均三𠯤、2-(4-乙氧基羰基萘基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-均三𠯤等鹵甲基化三𠯤衍生物;The following are examples of photopolymerization initiators that can be used in the present invention. 2-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-mesotriene, 2-(4-methoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) )-Mesesine, 2-(4-ethoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-meso-tris, 2-(4-ethoxycarbonylnaphthyl)-4,6 - Bis(trichloromethyl)-s-tris-tris and other halomethylated tris-s derivatives;

2-三氯甲基-5-(2'-苯并呋喃基)-1,3,4-㗁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-[β-(2'-苯并呋喃基)乙烯基]-1,3,4-㗁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-[β-(2'-(6''-苯并呋喃基)乙烯基)]-1,3,4-㗁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-呋喃基-1,3,4-㗁二唑等鹵甲基化㗁二唑衍生物; 2-(2'-氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(2'-氯苯基)-4,5-雙(3'-甲氧基苯基)咪唑二聚物、2-(2'-氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(2'-甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、(4'-甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物等咪唑衍生物; 安息香甲醚、安息香苯醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香異丙醚等安息香烷基醚類; 2-甲基蒽醌、2-乙基蒽醌、2-第三丁基蒽醌、1-氯蒽醌等蒽醌衍生物; 2-Trichloromethyl-5-(2'-benzofuranyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[β-(2'-benzofuranyl) Vinyl]-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[β-(2'-(6''-benzofuranyl)vinyl)]-1,3,4 -Halomethylated 㗁adiazole derivatives such as 㗁oxadiazole and 2-trichloromethyl-5-furyl-1,3,4-㗁adiazole; 2-(2'-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2'-chlorophenyl)-4,5-bis(3'-methoxyphenyl)imidazole Dimer, 2-(2'-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2'-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer imidazole derivatives such as (4'-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer; Benzoin alkyl ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, benzoin phenyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether; Anthraquinone derivatives such as 2-methylanthraquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 2-tert-butylanthraquinone, 1-chloroanthraquinone;

二苯甲酮、米其勒酮、2-甲基二苯甲酮、3-甲基二苯甲酮、4-甲基二苯甲酮、2-氯二苯甲酮、4-溴二苯甲酮、2-羧基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮衍生物; 2,2-二甲氧基-2-苯基苯乙酮、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、α-羥基-2-甲基苯基丙酮、1-羥基-1-甲基乙基-(對異丙基苯基)酮、1-羥基-1-(對十二烷基苯基)酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-𠰌啉基丙烷-1-酮、1,1,1-三氯甲基-(對丁基苯基)酮等苯乙酮衍生物; 9-氧硫𠮿、2-乙基-9-氧硫𠮿、2-異丙基-9-氧硫𠮿、2-氯-9-氧硫𠮿、2,4-二甲基-9-氧硫𠮿、2,4-二乙基-9-氧硫𠮿、2,4-二異丙基-9-氧硫𠮿等9-氧硫𠮿衍生物; Benzophenone, Michlerone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromodiphenyl Methyl ketone, 2-carboxybenzophenone and other benzophenone derivatives; 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 1-hydroxy Cyclohexyl phenyl ketone, α-hydroxy-2-methylphenylacetone, 1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl-(p-isopropylphenyl)one, 1-hydroxy-1-(p-dodecane phenyl)one, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-𠰌linylpropan-1-one, 1,1,1-trichloromethyl-(p-butyl Acetophenone derivatives such as basephenyl)ketone; 9-oxosulfide𠮿 , 2-ethyl-9-oxosulfide𠮿 , 2-isopropyl-9-oxosulfide𠮿 , 2-chloro-9-oxosulfide𠮿 , 2,4-dimethyl-9-oxosulfide𠮿 , 2,4-diethyl-9-oxosulfide𠮿 , 2,4-diisopropyl-9-oxysulfide𠮿 Etc. 9-oxysulfur𠮿 derivative;

對二甲胺基苯甲酸乙酯、對二乙胺基苯甲酸乙酯等苯甲酸酯衍生物; 9-苯基吖啶、9-(對甲氧基苯基)吖啶等吖啶衍生物; 9,10-二甲基苯并啡𠯤等啡𠯤衍生物; 苯并蒽酮等蒽酮衍生物;  二環戊二烯基二氯化鈦、二環戊二烯基雙苯基鈦、二環戊二烯基雙-2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯-1-基鈦、二環戊二烯基雙-2,3,5,6-四氟苯-1-基鈦、二環戊二烯基雙-2,4,6-三氟苯-1-基鈦、二環戊二烯基-2,6-二氟苯-1-基鈦、二環戊二烯基-2,4-二氟苯-1-基鈦、二甲基環戊二烯基雙-2,3,4,5,6-五氟苯-1-基鈦、二甲基環戊二烯基雙-2,6-二氟苯-1-基鈦、二環戊二烯基-2,6-二氟-3-(吡咯-1-基)-苯-1-基鈦等二茂鈦衍生物; Benzoate derivatives such as ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate and ethyl p-diethylaminobenzoate; Acridine derivatives such as 9-phenyl acridine and 9-(p-methoxyphenyl) acridine; 9,10-dimethylbenzophenidate and other benzophine derivatives; Anthrone derivatives such as benzanthrone; dicyclopentadienyl titanium dichloride, dicyclopentadienyl titanium diphenyl, dicyclopentadienyl bis-2,3,4,5,6- Pentafluorobenzene-1-yltitanium, dicyclopentadienylbis-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorobenzene-1-yltitanium, dicyclopentadienylbis-2,4,6-trifluoro Benzene-1-yl titanium, dicyclopentadienyl-2,6-difluorobenzen-1-yl titanium, dicyclopentadienyl-2,4-difluorobenzen-1-yl titanium, dimethyl Cyclopentadienylbis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorobenzene-1-yltitanium, dimethylcyclopentadienylbis-2,6-difluorobenzene-1-yltitanium, dimethylcyclopentadienylbis-2,6-difluorobenzene-1-yltitanium, Titanium derivatives such as cyclopentadienyl-2,6-difluoro-3-(pyrrol-1-yl)-phenyl-1-yltitanium;

2-甲基-1[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-𠰌啉基丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲胺基-1-(4-𠰌啉基苯基)-丁酮-1、2-苄基-2-二甲胺基-1-(4-𠰌啉基苯基)丁烷-1-酮、4-二甲胺基苯甲酸乙酯、4-二甲胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、4-二乙胺基苯乙酮、4-二甲胺基苯丙酮、1,4-二甲胺基苯甲酸2-乙基己酯、2,5-雙(4-二乙胺基苯亞甲基)環己酮、7-二乙胺基-3-(4-二乙胺基苯甲醯基)香豆素、4-(二乙胺基)查耳酮等α-胺烷基苯酮系化合物; 1,2-辛二酮-1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)乙酮、1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯基肟)等肟酯系化合物。 2-Methyl-1[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-𠰌linylpropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-𠰌linylbenzene methyl)-butanone-1, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-𠰌linylphenyl)butan-1-one, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4 -Isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-diethylaminoacetophenone, 4-dimethylaminopropiophenone, 2-ethylhexyl 1,4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2,5 -Bis(4-diethylaminobenzyl)cyclohexanone, 7-diethylamino-3-(4-diethylaminobenzoyl)coumarin, 4-(diethylaminobenzoyl)coumarin ) Chalcones and other α-aminoalkylphenone compounds; 1,2-Octanedione-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-2-(O-benzoyloxime)ethanone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methyl oxime ester compounds such as benzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetyl oxime).

就感度及表面性狀之觀點而言,較佳為肟酯系化合物(肟酯系光聚合起始劑)。 肟酯系化合物於其結構中兼具吸收紫外線之結構、傳遞光能之結構、及產生自由基之結構,故而以少量即可獲得高感度,且對熱反應穩定,能夠以少量而設計出高感度之著色樹脂組合物。尤其,就對曝光光源之i射線(365 nm)之光吸收性之觀點而言,較佳為具有可具有取代基之咔唑環之肟酯系化合物。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity and surface properties, an oxime ester-based compound (oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator) is preferred. In its structure, oxime ester compounds have a structure that absorbs ultraviolet rays, a structure that transmits light energy, and a structure that generates free radicals. Therefore, high sensitivity can be obtained with a small amount, and it is stable to thermal reactions. It can design high-performance products with a small amount. Sensitive colored resin composition. In particular, from the viewpoint of light absorption of i-rays (365 nm) of the exposure light source, an oxime ester compound having a carbazole ring which may have a substituent is preferred.

作為肟酯系化合物,例如可例舉下述通式(I-1)所表示之化合物。Examples of the oxime ester compound include compounds represented by the following general formula (I-1).

[化21] [Chemistry 21]

式(I-1)中,R 21a表示氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基、或可具有取代基之芳香族環基。 R 21b表示含有芳香環或雜芳香環之任意取代基。 R 22a表示可具有取代基之烷醯基或可具有取代基之芳醯基。 In formula (I-1), R 21a represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. R 21b represents any substituent containing an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring. R 22a represents an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group.

R 21a之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,就對溶劑之溶解性或對曝光之感度之觀點而言,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下,尤佳為5以下。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,烷基之碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~15,進而較佳為1~10,進而更佳為1~5,尤佳為2~5。 作為烷基,例如可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、環戊基乙基、丙基。 作為烷基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:芳香族環基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、胺基、醯胺基、4-(2-甲氧基-1-甲基)乙氧基-2-甲基苯基、或N-乙醯基-N-乙醯氧基胺基。就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of R 21a is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent or sensitivity to exposure, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 20 or less. It is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, still more preferably 1 to 10, still more preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 2 to 5. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, cyclopentylethyl, and propyl. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include aromatic ring groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, amino groups, amide groups, and 4-(2-methoxy-1-methyl)ethoxy groups. -2-Methylphenyl, or N-acetyl-N-acetyloxyamine group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

作為R 21a之芳香族環基,可例舉:芳香族烴環基及芳香族雜環基。芳香族環基之碳數並無特別限定,就對著色樹脂組合物之溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為5以上。又,就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為30以下,更佳為20以下,進而較佳為12以下,尤佳為8以下。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,芳香族環基之碳數較佳為5~30,更佳為5~20,進而較佳為5~12,尤佳為5~8。 Examples of the aromatic ring group of R 21a include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic ring group is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of the solubility of the colored resin composition, it is preferably 5 or more. Moreover, from the viewpoint of developability, 30 or less is preferable, 20 or less is more preferable, 12 or less is further more preferable, and 8 or less is especially preferable. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the carbon number of the aromatic ring group is preferably 5 to 30, more preferably 5 to 20, further preferably 5 to 12, and particularly preferably 5 to 8.

作為芳香族環基,例如可例舉:苯基、萘基、吡啶基、呋喃基、茀基。就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為苯基、萘基、茀基,更佳為苯基、茀基。 作為芳香族環基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:羥基、可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之烷氧基、羧基、鹵素原子、胺基、醯胺基、烷基。就顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為羥基、羧基,更佳為羧基。作為可具有取代基之烷基或可具有取代基之烷氧基中之取代基,例如可例舉:羥基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、硝基。 就顯影性之觀點而言,作為R 21a,較佳為可具有取代基之烷基,更佳為未經取代之烷基,進而較佳為甲基。 Examples of the aromatic ring group include phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, furyl, and fluoryl. From the viewpoint of developability, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a fluoryl group are preferable, and a phenyl group and a fluoryl group are more preferable. Examples of the substituent that the aromatic ring group may have include a hydroxyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, a amide group, and an alkyl group. From the viewpoint of developability, a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group are preferred, and a carboxyl group is more preferred. Examples of the substituent in the optionally substituted alkyl group or the optionally substituted alkoxy group include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, and a nitro group. From the viewpoint of developability, R 21a is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, more preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group, and still more preferably a methyl group.

R 21b為含有芳香環或雜芳香環之任意取代基。就對溶劑之溶解性或對曝光之感度之觀點而言,較佳為可具有取代基之咔唑基、可具有取代基之9-氧硫𠮿基、可具有取代基之二苯基硫醚基、或可具有取代基之茀基、該等基與羰基連結而成之基。就對曝光光源之i射線(365 nm)之光吸收性之觀點而言,較佳為可具有取代基之咔唑基或可具有取代基之咔唑基與羰基連結而成之基。 R 21b is any substituent containing an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring. From the viewpoint of solubility in solvents or sensitivity to exposure, preferred are carbazolyl groups which may have a substituent, and 9-oxosulfanyl groups which may have a substituent. group, an optionally substituted diphenyl sulfide group, or an optionally substituted fluorenyl group, and a group in which these groups are linked to a carbonyl group. From the viewpoint of light absorption of i-rays (365 nm) of the exposure light source, a carbazolyl group which may have a substituent or a group in which a carbazolyl group which may have a substituent and a carbonyl group are linked together is preferred.

作為咔唑基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:甲基、乙基等碳數1~10之烷基;甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1~10之烷氧基;F、Cl、Br、I等鹵素原子;碳數1~10之醯基;碳數1~10之烷基酯基;碳數1~10之烷氧基羰基;碳數1~10之鹵化烷基;碳數4~10之芳香族環基;胺基;碳數1~10之胺基烷基;羥基;硝基;CN基;可具有取代基之芳醯基;可具有取代基之雜芳醯基;可具有取代基之噻吩甲醯基。Examples of substituents that the carbazolyl group may have include: alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methyl and ethyl groups; alkoxy groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methoxy groups and ethoxy groups; F, Halogen atoms such as Cl, Br, and I; hydroxyl groups with 1 to 10 carbon atoms; alkyl ester groups with 1 to 10 carbon atoms; alkoxycarbonyl groups with 1 to 10 carbon atoms; halogenated alkyl groups with 1 to 10 carbon atoms; Aromatic ring group with 4 to 10 carbon atoms; amino group; aminoalkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms; hydroxyl group; nitro group; CN group; optionally substituted aryl group; optionally substituted heteroaromatic group group; optionally substituted thiophenecarboxylic group.

R 22a之烷醯基之碳數並無特別限定,就對溶劑之溶解性或感度之觀點而言,較佳為2以上,更佳為3以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下,尤佳為5以下。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,烷醯基之碳數較佳為2~20,更佳為2~15,進而較佳為2~10,進而更佳為2~5,尤佳為3~5。 作為烷醯基,例如可例舉:乙醯基(aceyl)、乙醯基(ethyloyl)、丙醯基、丁醯基。 作為烷醯基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:芳香族環基、羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、胺基、醯胺基,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of R 22a is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility or sensitivity to a solvent, it is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, and more preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 5 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 15, still more preferably 2 to 10, still more preferably 2 to 5, and particularly preferably 3 to 5. Examples of the alkyl group include aceyl, ethyloyl, propyl and butyl groups. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include aromatic ring groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, amine groups, and amide groups. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted groups are preferred.

R 22a之芳醯基之碳數並無特別限定,就對溶劑之溶解性或感度之觀點而言,較佳為7以上,更佳為8以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,芳醯基之碳數較佳為7~20,更佳為7~15,進而較佳為7~10,尤佳為8~10。 作為芳醯基,例如可例舉:苯甲醯基、萘甲醯基。 作為芳醯基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:羥基、羧基、鹵素原子、胺基、醯胺基、烷基,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。 The number of carbon atoms in the arylide group of R 22a is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility or sensitivity to a solvent, it is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 8 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 20 or less. 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 7 to 20, more preferably 7 to 15, further preferably 7 to 10, and particularly preferably 8 to 10. Examples of the aryl group include benzyl group and naphthoyl group. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, a amide group, and an alkyl group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted groups are preferred.

作為式(I-1)所表示之化合物,就對曝光光源之i射線(365 nm)之光吸收性之觀點而言,可例舉下述通式(I-2)或(I-3)所表示之化合物。Examples of the compound represented by the formula (I-1) include the following general formula (I-2) or (I-3) from the viewpoint of light absorption of i-rays (365 nm) of the exposure light source. the compound represented.

[化22] [Chemistry 22]

[化23] [Chemistry 23]

式(I-2)及式(I-3)中,R 21a及R 22a與式(I-1)涵義相同。 R 23a表示可具有取代基之烷基。 R 24a表示可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳醯基、可具有取代基之雜芳醯基、或硝基。 構成咔唑環之苯環可進而藉由芳香族環而縮合,成為多環芳香族環。 In formula (I-2) and formula (I-3), R 21a and R 22a have the same meaning as in formula (I-1). R 23a represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent. R 24a represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a heteroaryl group which may have a substituent, or a nitro group. The benzene ring constituting the carbazole ring can further be condensed with the aromatic ring to form a polycyclic aromatic ring.

R 23a之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,就對溶劑之溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下,尤佳為5以下。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,烷基之碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~15,進而較佳為1~10,進而更佳為1~5,尤佳為2~5。 作為烷基,例如可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、環己基。 作為烷基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:羰基、羧基、羥基、苯基、苄基、環己基、硝基。就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。 作為R 23a,就對溶劑之溶解性與合成容易性之觀點而言,更佳為乙基。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of R 23a is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less. Furthermore, it is more preferable that it is 10 or less, and it is especially preferable that it is 5 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, still more preferably 1 to 10, still more preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 2 to 5. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and cyclohexyl. Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred. R 23a is more preferably an ethyl group from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and ease of synthesis.

R 24a之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,就對溶劑之溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下,尤佳為5以下。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,烷基之碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~15,進而較佳為1~10,進而更佳為1~5,尤佳為2~5。 作為烷基,例如可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、環己基。 作為烷基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:羰基、羧基、羥基、苯基、苄基、環己基、硝基。就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of R 24a is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less. Furthermore, it is more preferable that it is 10 or less, and it is especially preferable that it is 5 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, still more preferably 1 to 10, still more preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 2 to 5. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and cyclohexyl. Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

R 24a之芳醯基之碳數並無特別限定,就對溶劑之溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為7以上,更佳為8以上,進而較佳為9以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下,尤佳為9以下。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,芳醯基之碳數較佳為7~20,更佳為8~15,進而較佳為9~10,尤佳為9。 作為芳醯基,例如可例舉:苯甲醯基、萘甲醯基。 作為芳醯基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:羰基、羧基、羥基、苯基、苄基、環己基、硝基。就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為乙基。 The number of carbon atoms in the arylide group of R 24a is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, it is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 8 or more, further preferably 9 or more, and further preferably 20. or less, more preferably 15 or less, still more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 9 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 7 to 20, more preferably 8 to 15, further preferably 9 to 10, and particularly preferably 9. Examples of the aryl group include benzyl group and naphthoyl group. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, ethyl is preferred.

R 24a之雜芳醯基之碳數並無特別限定,就對溶劑之溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為7以上,更佳為8以上,進而較佳為9以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下,尤佳為9以下。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,雜芳醯基之碳數較佳為7~20,更佳為8~15,進而較佳為9~10,尤佳為9。 作為雜芳基,例如可例舉:苯甲醯基、氟苯甲醯基、氯苯甲醯基、溴苯甲醯基、氟萘甲醯基、氯萘甲醯基、溴萘甲醯基。 作為雜芳醯基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:羰基、羧基、羥基、苯基、苄基、環己基、硝基。就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。 作為R 24a,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為可具有取代基之芳醯基,更佳為苯甲醯基。 The number of carbon atoms in the heteroaromatic group of R 24a is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, it is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 8 or more, further preferably 9 or more, and more preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, still more preferably 10 or less, especially 9 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms in the heteroaromatic group is preferably 7 to 20, more preferably 8 to 15, further preferably 9 to 10, and particularly preferably 9. Examples of the heteroaryl group include benzyl, fluorobenzyl, chlorobenzyl, bromobenzyl, fluoronaphthyl, chloronaphthyl, and bromonaphthyl. . Examples of substituents that the heteroaryl group may have include: carbonyl group, carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, phenyl group, benzyl group, cyclohexyl group, and nitro group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, R 24a is preferably an arylyl group which may have a substituent, and more preferably a benzyl group.

構成咔唑環之苯環可進而藉由芳香族環而縮合,成為多環芳香族環。The benzene ring constituting the carbazole ring can further be condensed with the aromatic ring to form a polycyclic aromatic ring.

作為肟酯系化合物之市售品,例如可例舉:BASF公司製造之OXE-02、OXE-03、常州強力電子新材料公司製造之TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-314、ADEKA公司製造之N-1919、NCI-930、NCI-831。Commercially available products of the oxime ester compound include, for example, OXE-02 and OXE-03 manufactured by BASF, TR-PBG-304 and TR-PBG-314 manufactured by Changzhou Qianli Electronic New Materials, and ADEKA. N-1919, NCI-930, NCI-831.

作為肟酯系化合物,具體可例舉以下之化合物。Specific examples of the oxime ester compound include the following compounds.

[化24] [Chemistry 24]

[化25] [Chemical 25]

[化26] [Chemical 26]

該等光聚合起始劑可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。One type of these photopolymerization initiators may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

除(D)光聚合起始劑外,可進而使用鏈轉移劑。所謂鏈轉移劑係指具有如下功能之化合物:接收所產生之自由基,將接收之自由基傳送至其他化合物。 作為鏈轉移劑,只要為具有上述功能之化合物,則可使用各種鏈轉移劑,例如可例舉:含巰基之化合物或四氯化碳,於使用含巰基之化合物之情形時,存在鏈轉移效果較高之傾向,故而更佳。認為其原因在於:S-H鍵結能較小,藉此易於引起斷鍵,易於引起奪氫反應或鏈轉移反應。對感度之提昇或表面硬化性有效。 In addition to (D) the photopolymerization initiator, a chain transfer agent can be further used. The so-called chain transfer agent refers to a compound with the following functions: receiving the generated free radicals and transferring the received free radicals to other compounds. As the chain transfer agent, as long as it is a compound with the above-mentioned functions, various chain transfer agents can be used. For example, a mercapto group-containing compound or carbon tetrachloride can be used. When a mercapto group-containing compound is used, there is a chain transfer effect. Higher tendency, therefore better. The reason is believed to be that the S-H bonding energy is small, which easily causes bond breaking and hydrogen abstraction reaction or chain transfer reaction. Effective for improving sensitivity or surface hardening.

作為含巰基之化合物,例如可例舉:2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑、2-巰基苯并㗁唑、3-巰基-1,2,4-三唑、2-巰基-4(3H)-喹唑啉、β-巰基萘、1,4-二甲基巰基苯等具有芳香族環之含巰基之化合物;己二硫醇、癸二硫醇、丁二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸酯)、丁二醇雙巰基乙酸酯、乙二醇雙(3-巰基丙酸酯)、乙二醇雙巰基乙酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三巰基乙酸酯、三硫代丙酸三羥基乙酯、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、丁二醇雙(3-巰基丁酸酯)、乙二醇雙(3-巰基丁酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮等脂肪族系之含巰基之化合物。就表面平滑性之觀點而言,較佳為具有複數個巰基之化合物。Examples of the mercapto group-containing compound include: 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzoethazole, 3-mercapto-1,2,4-triazole, 2-mercapto- 4(3H)-quinazoline, β-mercaptonaphthalene, 1,4-dimethylmercaptobenzene and other mercapto-containing compounds with aromatic rings; hexanedithiol, decanedithiol, butanediol bis(3 -Mercaptopropionate), butylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate), ethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate), ethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate), trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptopropionate) ester), trimethylolpropane trimercaptoacetate, trihydroxyethyl trithiopropionate, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tris (3-mercaptopropionate), butylene glycol bis (3-mercaptobutyrate), ethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptobutyrate), trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris (3-Mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutoxyethyl)-1,3,5-tris-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-tris Ketones and other aliphatic sulfhydryl group-containing compounds. From the viewpoint of surface smoothness, a compound having a plurality of mercapto groups is preferred.

作為具有芳香族環之含巰基之化合物,較佳為2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑,作為脂肪族系之含巰基之化合物,較佳為三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮。As the mercapto group-containing compound having an aromatic ring, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole and 2-mercaptobenzimidazole are preferred, and as the aliphatic mercapto group-containing compound, trimethylolpropane tris(3- Mercaptopropionate), Pentaerythritol Tetrakis (3-Mercaptopropionate), Pentaerythritol Tris (3-Mercaptopropionate), Trimethylolpropane Tris (3-Mercaptobutyrate), Pentaerythritol Tetrakis (3-Mercaptobutanate) acid ester), pentaerythritol tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutoxyethyl)-1,3,5-tris-2,4,6(1H, 3H,5H)-Triketone.

就感度之方面而言,較佳為脂肪族系之含巰基之化合物,較佳為三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丙酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三𠯤-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮,更佳為季戊四醇四(3-巰基丙酸酯)、季戊四醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)。 該等鏈轉移劑可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 In terms of sensitivity, aliphatic mercapto group-containing compounds are preferred, and trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate), and pentaerythritol tris are preferred. (3-mercaptobutyrate), trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), 1,3, 5-tris(3-mercaptobutoxyethyl)-1,3,5-tris-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, preferably pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionic acid) ester), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate). One type of these chain transfer agents may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

於本發明之著色樹脂組合物中,(D)光聚合起始劑之含有比率並無特別限定,於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中,較佳為0.5質量%以上,更佳為0.8質量%以上,進而較佳為1質量%以上,尤佳為1.2質量%以上,又,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為8質量%以下,進而較佳為6質量%以下,尤佳為4質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在塗膜之硬化性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在可見光吸收減少,從而提高亮度之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,於著色樹脂組合物中,(D)光聚合起始劑之含有比率於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中較佳為0.5~10質量%,更佳為0.8~8質量%,進而較佳為1~6質量%,尤佳為1.2~4質量%。In the colored resin composition of the present invention, the content ratio of (D) photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.5 mass % or more, more preferably 0.8 in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. Mass % or more, more preferably 1 mass % or more, especially 1.2 mass % or more, and 10 mass % or less, more preferably 8 mass % or less, still more preferably 6 mass % or less, particularly preferably It is 4 mass% or less. When the value is equal to or higher than the above-mentioned lower limit, the curability of the coating film tends to be improved, and when the value is equal to or below the above-mentioned upper limit, visible light absorption tends to be reduced, thereby improving brightness. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, in the colored resin composition, the content ratio of (D) photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.5 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.8 to 8 mass %, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition. The content is preferably 1 to 6% by mass, and particularly preferably 1.2 to 4% by mass.

於本發明之著色樹脂組合物含有鏈轉移劑之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中,較佳為0.1質量%以上,更佳為0.2質量%以上,進而較佳為0.3質量%以上,尤佳為0.4質量%以上,又,較佳為3質量%以下,更佳為2.5質量%以下,進而較佳為2質量%以下,尤佳為1.5質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在耐溶劑性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在保存穩定性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,於著色樹脂組合物含有鏈轉移劑之情形時,其含有比率於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中較佳為0.1~3質量%,更佳為0.2~2.5質量%,進而較佳為0.3~2質量%,尤佳為0.4~1.5質量%。When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a chain transfer agent, the content ratio is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.1 mass % or more, and more preferably 0.2 mass % in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. More preferably, it is 0.3% by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.4% by mass or more. Furthermore, it is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 2.5% by mass or less, further preferably 2% by mass or less, especially 1.5%. mass% or less. By setting the value to be not less than the above-mentioned lower limit, solvent resistance tends to be improved, and by being below the above-mentioned upper limit, storage stability tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, when the colored resin composition contains a chain transfer agent, the content ratio is preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 2.5% by mass, and even more preferably in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. It is 0.3-2 mass %, especially 0.4-1.5 mass %.

[1-5](E)光聚合性單體  本發明之著色樹脂組合物含有(E)光聚合性單體。  (E)光聚合性單體只要為可聚合之低分子化合物,則並無特別限制,較佳為具有至少1個乙烯性雙鍵之可加成聚合之化合物(以下稱為「乙烯性化合物」)。所謂乙烯性化合物係指於本發明之著色樹脂組合物接受活性光線之照射之情形時,藉由光聚合起始劑之作用而進行加成聚合,從而硬化的具有乙烯性雙鍵之化合物。再者,本發明中之單體係指相對於所謂高分子物質之概念,係指除狹義之單體以外亦包含二聚物、三聚物、低聚物之概念。 作為(E)光聚合性單體,尤其理想的為使用於1分子中具有2個以上之乙烯性雙鍵之多官能乙烯性單體。多官能乙烯性單體所具有之乙烯性雙鍵數並無特別限定,較佳為2個以上,更佳為4個以上,進而較佳為5個以上,又,較佳為8個以下,更佳為7個以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在成為高感度之傾向,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在對溶劑之溶解性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,多官能乙烯性單體所具有之乙烯性雙鍵數較佳為2~8,更佳為2~7,進而較佳為4~7,尤佳為5~7。 [1-5] (E) Photopolymerizable monomer The colored resin composition of the present invention contains (E) photopolymerizable monomer. (E) The photopolymerizable monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymerizable low-molecular compound, but is preferably an addition-polymerizable compound having at least one vinyl double bond (hereinafter referred to as "ethylenic compound"). ). The vinyl compound refers to a compound having an vinyl double bond that undergoes addition polymerization by the action of a photopolymerization initiator and is cured when the colored resin composition of the present invention is irradiated with active light. Furthermore, the monomer in the present invention refers to a concept relative to a so-called polymer substance, and refers to a concept that includes dimers, trimers, and oligomers in addition to monomers in a narrow sense. (E) The photopolymerizable monomer is particularly preferably a polyfunctional vinyl monomer having two or more vinyl double bonds per molecule. The number of ethylenic double bonds of the polyfunctional vinyl monomer is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 4 or more, further preferably 5 or more, and more preferably 8 or less, It is better to have less than 7. By setting the value above the lower limit, the sensitivity tends to be high, and by setting the value below the upper limit, the solubility in the solvent tends to be improved. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of ethylenic double bonds of the polyfunctional vinyl monomer is preferably 2 to 8, more preferably 2 to 7, further preferably 4 to 7, and particularly preferably 5 to 7.

作為乙烯性化合物,例如可例舉:不飽和羧酸、不飽和羧酸與單羥基化合物之酯、脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯、芳香族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯、藉由不飽和羧酸與多元羧酸及上述脂肪族多羥基化合物、芳香族多羥基化合物等多元羥基化合物之酯化反應而獲得之酯、多異氰酸酯化合物與含(甲基)丙烯醯基之羥基化合物反應而成之具有胺基甲酸酯骨架之乙烯性化合物。Examples of the vinyl compound include unsaturated carboxylic acid, esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and monohydroxy compounds, esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids, and esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids. Esters, esters obtained by the esterification reaction of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polycarboxylic acids and polyhydroxy compounds such as the above-mentioned aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds, aromatic polyhydroxy compounds, polyisocyanate compounds and (meth)acrylyl groups A vinyl compound with a urethane skeleton formed by the reaction of a hydroxyl compound.

作為脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯,例如可例舉:乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、甘油丙烯酸酯等丙烯酸酯。又可例舉:將該等丙烯酸酯之丙烯酸部分替代為甲基丙烯酸部分之甲基丙烯酸酯、替代為伊康酸部分之伊康酸酯、替代為丁烯酸部分之丁烯酸酯、或替代為順丁烯二酸部分之順丁烯二酸酯。Examples of esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, and trimethylolethane triacrylate. Acrylates such as acrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, glyceryl acrylate, etc. Another example is: methacrylate in which the acrylic acid part of the acrylic acid ester is replaced by the methacrylic acid part, itaconic acid ester in which the itaconic acid part is replaced, crotonic acid ester in which the crotonic acid part is replaced, or Maleate ester that replaces the maleic acid moiety.

作為芳香族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯,例如可例舉:對苯二酚二丙烯酸酯、對苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯、鄰苯三酚三丙烯酸酯。 藉由不飽和羧酸與多元羧酸及多元羥基化合物之酯化反應而獲得之酯並非必須為單一物質,亦可為混合物。例如可例舉:丙烯酸、鄰苯二甲酸及乙二醇之縮合物,丙烯酸、順丁烯二酸及二乙二醇之縮合物,甲基丙烯酸、對苯二甲酸及季戊四醇之縮合物,丙烯酸、己二酸、丁二醇及甘油之縮合物。 Examples of esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcin diacrylate, and resorcin dimethacrylate. Methacrylate, pyrogallol triacrylate. The ester obtained by the esterification reaction of unsaturated carboxylic acid, polycarboxylic acid and polyhydric hydroxyl compound does not have to be a single substance and can also be a mixture. Examples include: the condensate of acrylic acid, phthalic acid and ethylene glycol, the condensate of acrylic acid, maleic acid and diethylene glycol, the condensate of methacrylic acid, terephthalic acid and pentaerythritol, acrylic acid , the condensate of adipic acid, butylene glycol and glycerin.

作為多異氰酸酯化合物與含(甲基)丙烯醯基之羥基化合物反應而成之具有胺基甲酸酯骨架之乙烯性化合物,例如可例舉:六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等脂肪族二異氰酸酯;環己烷二異氰酸酯、異佛酮二異氰酸酯等脂環式二異氰酸酯;甲苯二異氰酸酯、二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯等芳香族二異氰酸酯等與丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、3-羥基(1,1,1-三丙烯醯氧基甲基)丙烷、3-羥基(1,1,1-三甲基丙烯醯氧基甲基)丙烷等含(甲基)丙烯醯基之羥基化合物的反應物。Examples of the vinyl compound having a urethane skeleton obtained by reacting a polyisocyanate compound with a (meth)acrylyl group-containing hydroxy compound include hexamethylene diisocyanate and trimethylhexamethylene. aliphatic diisocyanates such as methyl diisocyanate; alicyclic diisocyanates such as cyclohexane diisocyanate and isophorone diisocyanate; aromatic diisocyanates such as toluene diisocyanate and diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate , 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxy(1,1,1-triacryloxymethyl)propane, 3-hydroxy(1,1,1-trimethylacryloxymethyl) Reactant of hydroxyl compounds containing (meth)acrylyl groups such as propane.

此外,作為本發明中所使用之乙烯性化合物,例如可例舉:伸乙基雙丙烯醯胺等丙烯醯胺類;鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯等烯丙酯類;鄰苯二甲酸二乙烯酯等含乙烯基之化合物。 乙烯性化合物可為具有酸值之單體。作為具有酸值之單體,較佳為脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯,且使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物之未反應之羥基反應而成之具有酸基之多官能單體,於該酯中,尤佳為脂肪族多羥基化合物為季戊四醇及/或二季戊四醇之多官能單體。 Examples of the vinyl compound used in the present invention include acrylamides such as ethyl bisacrylamide; allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate; Vinyl ester and other vinyl-containing compounds. The vinyl compound may be a monomer having an acid value. The monomer having an acid value is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and has an acid group obtained by reacting a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride with an unreacted hydroxyl group of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound. The multifunctional monomer among the esters is particularly preferably a multifunctional monomer in which the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol.

該等單體可單獨使用一種,但由於在製造上難以使用單一之化合物,故而可混合兩種以上使用。又,視需要可併用不具有酸基之多官能單體與具有酸基之多官能單體作為單體。 作為具有酸基之多官能單體之較佳酸值,為0.1~40 mgKOH/g,尤佳為5~30 mgKOH/g。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在可使顯影溶解特性變得良好之傾向,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在製造或操作變得良好,光聚合性能、像素之表面平滑性等硬化性易於變得良好之傾向。因此,於併用兩種以上之不同酸基之多官能單體之情形時、或併用不具有酸基之多官能單體之情形時,較佳為將整體之多官能單體之酸基調整為上述範圍內。 One type of these monomers may be used alone. However, since it is difficult to use a single compound in production, two or more types may be used in mixture. Moreover, if necessary, a polyfunctional monomer having no acid group and a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group may be used together as monomers. The preferred acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, especially 5 to 30 mgKOH/g. By setting the value above the above lower limit, there is a tendency that the development and dissolution characteristics can be improved. By setting the value below the above upper limit, manufacturing or handling can be improved, and photopolymerization performance, surface smoothness of the pixel, etc. can be improved. The hardening tendency tends to be good. Therefore, when two or more polyfunctional monomers with different acid groups are used together, or when a polyfunctional monomer without an acid group is used together, it is preferable to adjust the acid group of the entire polyfunctional monomer to within the above range.

於本發明中,更佳之具有酸基之多官能單體係作為東亞合成公司製造之TO1382而市售之以二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯之琥珀酸酯為主成分之混合物。亦可組合該多官能單體與其他多官能單體而使用。又,亦可使用日本專利特開2013-140346號公報之段落[0056]或[0057]中記載之多官能單體。In the present invention, a more preferred polyfunctional monosystem having an acid group is the succinate ester of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, which is commercially available as TO1382 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. A mixture of main ingredients. This polyfunctional monomer can also be used in combination with other polyfunctional monomers. In addition, the polyfunctional monomer described in paragraph [0056] or [0057] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-140346 can also be used.

於本發明中,就使像素之耐化學品性或像素之邊緣之直線性變得良好之觀點而言,較佳為使用日本專利特開2013-195971號公報中記載之聚合性單體。 就兼顧塗佈膜之感度及顯影時間之縮短之觀點而言,較佳為使用日本專利特開2013-195974號公報中記載之聚合性單體。 In the present invention, from the viewpoint of improving the chemical resistance of the pixel or the linearity of the edge of the pixel, it is preferable to use the polymerizable monomer described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-195971. From the viewpoint of balancing the sensitivity of the coating film and shortening the development time, it is preferable to use the polymerizable monomer described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-195974.

本發明之著色樹脂組合物中,(E)光聚合性單體之含有比率並無特別限定,於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中較佳為超過0質量%,更佳為5質量%以上,進而較佳為10質量%以上,進而更佳為15質量%以上,尤佳為20質量%以上,又,較佳為70質量%以下,更佳為60質量%以下,進而較佳為50質量%以下,進而更佳為40質量%以下,尤佳為30質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在塗膜之硬化性變高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在抑制鹼顯影性之下降之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,著色樹脂組合物中之(E)光聚合性單體之含有比率於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中,較佳為超過0質量%且70質量%以下,更佳為5~60質量%,進而較佳為10~50質量%,進而更佳為15~40質量%,尤佳為20~30質量%。In the colored resin composition of the present invention, the content ratio of (E) photopolymerizable monomer is not particularly limited, but it is preferably more than 0 mass %, and more preferably 5 mass % in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. Above, more preferably 10 mass% or more, still more preferably 15 mass% or more, especially 20 mass% or more, and more preferably 70 mass% or less, more preferably 60 mass% or less, still more preferably 50 mass % or less, more preferably 40 mass % or less, still more preferably 30 mass % or less. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the curability of a coating film tends to become high, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency to suppress the fall of alkali developability. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of the (E) photopolymerizable monomer in the colored resin composition is preferably more than 0 mass % and 70 mass % or less, more preferably 5 to 60 mass % in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. % by mass, more preferably 10 to 50% by mass, still more preferably 15 to 40% by mass, particularly preferably 20 to 30% by mass.

[1-6]其他固形物成分  進而視需要可於本發明之著色樹脂組合物中調配上述成分以外之固形物成分。作為此種成分,例如可例舉:分散劑、分散助劑、界面活性劑、密接提昇劑。[1-6] Other solid components If necessary, solid components other than the above-mentioned components may be blended into the colored resin composition of the present invention. Examples of such components include dispersants, dispersion aids, surfactants, and adhesion improving agents.

[1-6-1]分散劑、分散助劑  於本發明之著色樹脂組合物含有顏料作為(A)著色劑之情形時,為使顏料穩定地分散,較佳為含有分散劑。分散劑中,若使用高分子分散劑,則經時之分散穩定性優異,故而較佳。 作為高分子分散劑,例如可例舉:胺基甲酸酯系分散劑、聚伸乙基亞胺系分散劑、聚氧乙烯烷基醚系分散劑、聚氧乙二醇二酯系分散劑、山梨醇酐脂肪族酯系分散劑、脂肪族改性聚酯系分散劑。 作為高分子分散劑,例如可例舉如下商品名:EFKA(註冊商標,BASF公司製造)、DisperBYK(註冊商標,BYK-Chemie公司製造)、Disparlon(註冊商標,楠本化成公司製造)、SOLSPERSE(註冊商標,Lubrizol公司製造)、KP(信越化學工業公司製造)、Polyflow(Kyoeisha Chemical公司製造)、日本專利特開2013-119568號公報中記載之分散劑。 [1-6-1] Dispersant and dispersing aid When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a pigment as the colorant (A), in order to stably disperse the pigment, it is preferred to contain a dispersing agent. Among dispersants, it is preferable to use a polymer dispersant because it has excellent dispersion stability over time. Examples of polymer dispersants include urethane dispersants, polyethyleneimine dispersants, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether dispersants, and polyoxyethylene glycol diester dispersants. , Sorbitan aliphatic ester dispersant, aliphatic modified polyester dispersant. Examples of polymer dispersants include the following trade names: EFKA (registered trademark, manufactured by BASF Co., Ltd.), DisperBYK (registered trademark, manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.), Disparlon (registered trademark, manufactured by Kusumoto Chemical Co., Ltd.), SOLSPERSE (registered trademark) Trademarks: Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Polyflow (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and dispersants described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-119568.

作為高分子分散劑,就分散性或保存穩定性之觀點而言,較佳為具有含有氮原子之官能基之嵌段共聚物,更佳為具有含有氮原子之官能基之丙烯酸系嵌段共聚物。 作為具有含有氮原子之官能基之嵌段共聚物,較佳為包含於側鏈具有四級銨鹽基及/或胺基之A嵌段與不具有四級銨鹽基及胺基之B嵌段的A-B嵌段共聚物、B-A-B嵌段共聚物。 As a polymer dispersant, from the viewpoint of dispersibility or storage stability, a block copolymer having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom is preferred, and an acrylic block copolymer having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom is more preferred. things. The block copolymer having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom is preferably composed of an A block having a quaternary ammonium salt group and/or an amine group in the side chain and a B block having no quaternary ammonium salt group or amine group. Segmented A-B block copolymers and B-A-B block copolymers.

作為含有氮原子之官能基,可例舉:一~三級胺基、四級銨鹽基。就分散性或保存穩定性之觀點而言,較佳為一~三級胺基,更佳為三級胺基。 嵌段共聚物中之具有三級胺基之重複單元之結構並無特別限定,就分散性或保存穩定性之觀點而言,較佳為下述通式(d1)所表示之重複單元。 Examples of the functional group containing a nitrogen atom include primary to tertiary amino groups and quaternary ammonium salt groups. From the viewpoint of dispersibility or storage stability, primary to tertiary amino groups are preferred, and tertiary amino groups are more preferred. The structure of the repeating unit having a tertiary amine group in the block copolymer is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of dispersibility or storage stability, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (d1) is preferred.

[化27] [Chemical 27]

式(d1)中,R 1及R 2各自獨立為氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基或可具有取代基之芳烷基,R 1及R 2可相互鍵結而形成環狀結構。R 3為氫原子或甲基。X為2價之連結基。 In formula (d1), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other. Knot to form a ring structure. R 3 is a hydrogen atom or methyl group. X is a 2-valent linking base.

式(d1)之R 1、R 2之可具有取代基之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,又,較佳為10以下,更佳為6以下,進而較佳為4以下。例如,較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6,進而較佳為1~4。 作為烷基,例如可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基。較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基。烷基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀之任一者。烷基可如環己基、環己基甲基般含有環狀結構。 The carbon number of the optionally substituted alkyl group of R 1 and R 2 in formula (d1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 10 or less, more preferably 6 or less, and still more preferably 4 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferred, 1 to 6 are more preferred, and 1 to 4 are still more preferred. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, and octyl. Preferred are methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl, more preferred are methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl. The alkyl group may be either linear or branched. The alkyl group may contain a cyclic structure such as cyclohexyl and cyclohexylmethyl.

式(d1)之R 1、R 2之可具有取代基之芳基之碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下,進而較佳為8以下。例如,較佳為6~16,更佳為6~12,進而較佳為6~8。 作為芳基,例如可例舉:苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、二乙基苯基、萘基、蒽基。較佳為苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、二乙基苯基,更佳為苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基。 The carbon number of the optionally substituted aryl group of R 1 and R 2 in formula (d1) is not particularly limited, but is usually 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and still more preferably 8 the following. For example, 6 to 16 are preferred, 6 to 12 are more preferred, and 6 to 8 are still more preferred. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, diethylphenyl, naphthyl, and anthracenyl. Preferred are phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, and diethylphenyl, and more preferred are phenyl, methylphenyl, and ethylphenyl.

式(d1)之R 1、R 2之可具有取代基之芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為7以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下,進而較佳為9以下。例如,較佳為7~16,更佳為7~12,進而較佳為7~9。 作為芳烷基,例如可例舉:苯基亞甲基、苯基伸乙基、苯基伸丙基、苯基伸丁基、苯基伸異丙基。較佳為苯基亞甲基、苯基伸乙基、苯基伸丙基、苯基伸丁基,更佳為苯基亞甲基、苯基伸乙基。 The carbon number of the optionally substituted aralkyl group of R 1 and R 2 in formula (d1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 16 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and still more preferably is 9 or less. For example, 7 to 16 are preferred, 7 to 12 are more preferred, and 7 to 9 are still more preferred. Examples of the aralkyl group include phenylmethylene, phenylethylidene, phenylpropylene, phenylbutylene, and phenylisopropylene. Preferred are phenylmethylene, phenylethylidene, phenylpropyl, and phenylbutylene, and more preferred are phenylmethylene and phenylethylidene.

就分散性、保存穩定性、電氣可靠性、顯影性之觀點而言,作為R 1及R 2,各自獨立地較佳為可具有取代基之烷基,更佳為甲基、乙基。 From the viewpoint of dispersibility, storage stability, electrical reliability, and developability, R 1 and R 2 are each independently preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.

作為式(d1)中之烷基、芳烷基、芳基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:鹵素原子、烷氧基、苯甲醯基、羥基。就合成容易度之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。Examples of substituents that the alkyl group, aralkyl group, and aryl group in the formula (d1) may have include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a benzyl group, and a hydroxyl group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

式(d1)中,作為R 1及R 2相互鍵結而形成之環狀結構,例如可例舉:5~7員環之含氮雜環單環或該等2個縮合而成之縮合環。含氮雜環較佳為不具有芳香性者,若為飽和環則更佳。具體而言,例如可例舉下述(IV)之環狀結構。 In the formula (d1), examples of the cyclic structure formed by bonding R 1 and R 2 to each other include: a 5- to 7-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monocyclic ring or a condensed ring formed by condensation of these two. . The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferably not aromatic, and is more preferably a saturated ring. Specific examples include the cyclic structure of the following (IV).

[化28] [Chemical 28]

該等環狀結構可進而具有取代基。These cyclic structures may further have substituents.

式(d1)中,作為2價之連結基X,例如可例舉:碳數1~10之伸烷基、碳數6~12之伸芳基、-CONH-R 13-基、-COOR 14-基[其中,R 13及R 14為單鍵、碳數1~10之伸烷基或碳數2~10之醚基(烷氧基烷基)],較佳為-COO-R 14-基。 In the formula (d1), examples of the divalent linking group - group [where R 13 and R 14 are a single bond, an alkylene group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms or an ether group (alkoxyalkyl group with 2 to 10 carbon atoms)], preferably -COO-R 14 - base.

式(d1)所表示之重複單元於嵌段共聚物之全部重複單元中所占之含有比率較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為5莫耳%以上,進而較佳為10莫耳%以上,進而更佳為15莫耳%以上,進一步較佳為20%莫耳以上,尤佳為25莫耳%以上,又,較佳為90莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下,進而較佳為50莫耳%以下,尤佳為40莫耳%以下。於上述範圍內之情形時,存在可兼顧分散穩定性與高亮度之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,式(d1)所表示之重複單元於嵌段共聚物之全部重複單元中所占之含有比率較佳為1~90莫耳%,更佳為5~90莫耳%,進而較佳為10~70莫耳%,進而更佳為15~70莫耳%,進一步較佳為20~50莫耳%,尤佳為25~40莫耳%。The content ratio of the repeating units represented by formula (d1) in all the repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, and still more preferably 10 mol% or above, more preferably 15 mol% or more, further preferably 20 mol% or more, especially 25 mol% or more, and more preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less , more preferably 50 mol% or less, particularly preferably 40 mol% or less. Within the above range, there is a tendency to achieve both dispersion stability and high brightness. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of the repeating units represented by formula (d1) in all the repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 to 90 mol%, more preferably 5 to 90 mol%, and still more preferably 10 to 70 mol%, more preferably 15 to 70 mol%, further preferably 20 to 50 mol%, particularly preferably 25 to 40 mol%.

關於嵌段共聚物,就提高分散劑對溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性,提高分散穩定性之觀點而言,較佳為具有下述通式(d2)所表示之重複單元。The block copolymer preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (d2) from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility of the dispersant with binder components such as solvents and improving the dispersion stability.

[化29] [Chemical 29]

式(d2)中,R 10為伸乙基或伸丙基,R 11為可具有取代基之烷基,R 12為氫原子或甲基。n為1~20之整數。 In the formula (d2), R 10 is an ethylene group or a propylene group, R 11 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 12 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. n is an integer from 1 to 20.

式(d2)之R 11之可具有取代基之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,又,較佳為10以下,更佳為6以下,進而較佳為4以下。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,烷基之碳數較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6,進而較佳為1~4,尤佳為2~4。 作為烷基,例如可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基。較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基。烷基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀之任一者。烷基可如環己基、環己基甲基般含有環狀結構。 作為烷基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:鹵素原子、烷氧基、苯甲醯基、羥基。就合成容易度之觀點而言,較佳為未經取代。 The carbon number of the optionally substituted alkyl group of R 11 in formula (d2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 6 or less, and further Preferably it is 4 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, further preferably 1 to 4, and particularly preferably 2 to 4. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, and octyl. Preferred are methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl, more preferred are methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl. The alkyl group may be either linear or branched. The alkyl group may contain a cyclic structure such as cyclohexyl and cyclohexylmethyl. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group may have include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a benzyl group, and a hydroxyl group. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, unsubstituted is preferred.

關於式(d2)中之n,就對溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性與分散性之觀點而言,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,又,較佳為20以下,更佳為10以下,進而較佳為5以下。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,n較佳為1~10,更佳為2~5。Regarding n in formula (d2), from the viewpoint of compatibility and dispersibility with binder components such as solvents, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and more preferably 20 or less, more preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, n is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5.

式(d2)所表示之重複單元於嵌段共聚物之全部重複單元中所占之含有比率較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為2莫耳%以上,進而較佳為4莫耳%以上,又,較佳為30莫耳%以下,更佳為20莫耳%以下,進而較佳為10莫耳%以下。於上述範圍內之情形時,存在可兼顧對溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性與分散穩定性之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,式(d2)所表示之重複單元於嵌段共聚物之全部重複單元中所占之含有比率較佳為1~30莫耳%,更佳為2~20莫耳%,進而較佳為4~10莫耳%。The content ratio of the repeating units represented by formula (d2) in all the repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, and still more preferably 4 mol% As above, it is preferably 30 mol% or less, more preferably 20 mol% or less, and still more preferably 10 mol% or less. Within the above range, there is a tendency to achieve both compatibility with binder components such as solvents and dispersion stability. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of the repeating units represented by formula (d2) in all the repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 1 to 30 mol%, more preferably 2 to 20 mol%, and still more preferably 4~10 mol%.

關於嵌段共聚物,就提高分散劑對溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性,提高分散穩定性之觀點而言,較佳為具有下述通式(d3)所表示之重複單元。The block copolymer preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (d3) from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility of the dispersant with binder components such as solvents and improving the dispersion stability.

[化30] [Chemical 30]

式(d3)中,R 8為可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基或可具有取代基之芳烷基。R 9為氫原子或甲基。 In formula (d3), R 8 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent. R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

式(d3)之R 8之可具有取代基之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上,又,較佳為10以下,更佳為6以下。例如較佳為1~10,更佳為1~6。 作為烷基,例如可例舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基。較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基。烷基可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀之任一者。烷基可如環己基、環己基甲基般含有環狀結構。 The carbon number of the optionally substituted alkyl group of R 8 in formula (d3) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 6 or less. For example, 1 to 10 are preferable, and 1 to 6 are more preferable. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, and octyl. Preferred are methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl, more preferred are methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl. The alkyl group may be either linear or branched. The alkyl group may contain a cyclic structure such as cyclohexyl and cyclohexylmethyl.

式(d3)之R 8之可具有取代基之芳基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為6以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下。例如,較佳為6~16,更佳為6~12。 作為芳基,例如可例舉:苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、二乙基苯基、萘基、蒽基。較佳為苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、二乙基苯基,更佳為苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基。 The carbon number of the aryl group which may have a substituent in R 8 of formula (d3) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. For example, 6 to 16 are preferred, and 6 to 12 are more preferred. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, diethylphenyl, naphthyl, and anthracenyl. Preferred are phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, and diethylphenyl, and more preferred are phenyl, methylphenyl, and ethylphenyl.

式(d3)之R 8之可具有取代基之芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,較佳為7以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下。例如,較佳為7~16,更佳為7~12。 作為芳烷基,例如可例舉:苯基亞甲基、苯基伸乙基、苯基伸丙基、苯基伸丁基、苯基伸異丙基。較佳為苯基亞甲基、苯基伸乙基、苯基伸丙基、苯基伸丁基,更佳為苯基亞甲基、苯基伸乙基。 The number of carbon atoms of the optionally substituted aralkyl group of R 8 in formula (d3) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 7 or more, more preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less. For example, 7 to 16 are preferred, and 7 to 12 are more preferred. Examples of the aralkyl group include phenylmethylene, phenylethylidene, phenylpropylene, phenylbutylene, and phenylisopropylene. Preferred are phenylmethylene, phenylethylidene, phenylpropyl, and phenylbutylene, and more preferred are phenylmethylene and phenylethylidene.

就溶劑相溶性與分散穩定性之觀點而言,作為R 8,較佳為烷基、芳烷基,更佳為甲基、乙基、苯基亞甲基。 作為R 8之烷基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:鹵素原子、烷氧基。 作為芳基或芳烷基可具有之取代基,例如可例舉:鏈狀之烷基、鹵素原子、烷氧基。 R 8所示之鏈狀之烷基中包含直鏈狀及支鏈狀之任一者。 From the viewpoint of solvent compatibility and dispersion stability, R 8 is preferably an alkyl group or an aralkyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a phenylmethylene group. Examples of substituents that the alkyl group of R 8 may have include a halogen atom and an alkoxy group. Examples of the substituent that the aryl group or aralkyl group may have include a chain alkyl group, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group. The chain alkyl group represented by R 8 includes both linear and branched chains.

式(d3)所表示之重複單元於嵌段共聚物之全部重複單元中所占之含有比率較佳為30莫耳%以上,更佳為40莫耳%以上,進而較佳為50莫耳%以上,又,較佳為80莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下。於上述範圍內之情形時,存在可兼顧分散穩定性與高亮度之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,式(d3)所表示之重複單元於嵌段共聚物之全部重複單元中所占之含有比率較佳為30~80莫耳%,更佳為40~80莫耳%,進而較佳為50~70莫耳%。The content ratio of the repeating units represented by formula (d3) in all the repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and still more preferably 50 mol% The above ratio is preferably 80 mol% or less, and more preferably 70 mol% or less. Within the above range, there is a tendency to achieve both dispersion stability and high brightness. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of the repeating units represented by formula (d3) in all the repeating units of the block copolymer is preferably 30 to 80 mol%, more preferably 40 to 80 mol%, and still more preferably 50~70 mol%.

嵌段共聚物可具有式(d1)所表示之重複單元、式(d2)所表示之重複單元、式(d3)所表示之重複單元以外之重複單元。作為此種重複單元,例如可例舉:源自苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯等苯乙烯系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯氯等(甲基)丙烯醯氯系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等(甲基)丙烯醯胺系單體;乙酸乙烯酯;丙烯腈;烯丙基縮水甘油醚、丁烯酸縮水甘油醚;N-甲基丙烯醯基𠰌啉之重複單元。The block copolymer may have repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by formula (d1), the repeating unit represented by formula (d2), or the repeating unit represented by formula (d3). Examples of such repeating units include: styrene-based monomers derived from styrene and α-methylstyrene; (meth)acrylyl chloride-based monomers such as (meth)acrylyl chloride; (meth)acrylamide monomers such as acrylamide, N-hydroxymethylacrylamide; vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, crotonic acid glycidyl ether; N-methyl The repeating unit of acryloyl 𠰌line.

就進一步提高分散性之觀點而言,較佳為具備具有式(d1)所表示之重複單元之A嵌段與不具有式(d1)所表示之重複單元之B嵌段之嵌段共聚物。嵌段共聚物較佳為A-B嵌段共聚物或B-A-B嵌段共聚物。B嵌段更佳為具有式(d2)所表示之重複單元及/或式(d3)所表示之重複單元。From the viewpoint of further improving dispersion, a block copolymer having an A block having a repeating unit represented by formula (d1) and a B block having no repeating unit represented by formula (d1) is preferred. The block copolymer is preferably an A-B block copolymer or a B-A-B block copolymer. The B block more preferably has a repeating unit represented by formula (d2) and/or a repeating unit represented by formula (d3).

可於A嵌段中含有式(d1)所表示之重複單元以外之重複單元。作為此種重複單元,例如可例舉:源自上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯類之重複單元。式(d1)所表示之重複單元以外之重複單元於A嵌段中之含量較佳為0~50莫耳%,更佳為0~20莫耳%,進而較佳為0莫耳%。The A block may contain repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by formula (d1). Examples of such repeating units include repeating units derived from the above-mentioned (meth)acrylates. The content of repeating units other than the repeating unit represented by formula (d1) in the A block is preferably 0 to 50 mol%, more preferably 0 to 20 mol%, and still more preferably 0 mol%.

可於B嵌段中含有式(d2)所表示之重複單元及式(d3)所表示之重複單元以外之重複單元。作為此種重複單元,例如可例舉:源自苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯等苯乙烯系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯氯等(甲基)丙烯醯氯系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等(甲基)丙烯醯胺系單體;乙酸乙烯酯;丙烯腈;烯丙基縮水甘油醚、丁烯酸縮水甘油醚;N-甲基丙烯醯基𠰌啉之重複單元。式(d2)所表示之重複單元及式(d3)所表示之重複單元以外之重複單元於B嵌段中之含量較佳為0~50莫耳%,更佳為0~20莫耳%,進而較佳為0莫耳%。The B block may contain a repeating unit represented by the formula (d2) and a repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the formula (d3). Examples of such repeating units include: styrene-based monomers derived from styrene and α-methylstyrene; (meth)acrylyl chloride-based monomers such as (meth)acrylyl chloride; (meth)acrylamide monomers such as acrylamide, N-hydroxymethylacrylamide; vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, crotonic acid glycidyl ether; N-methyl The repeating unit of acryloyl 𠰌line. The content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (d2) and the repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the formula (d3) in the B block is preferably 0 to 50 mol%, more preferably 0 to 20 mol%. More preferably, it is 0 mol%.

關於嵌段共聚物之酸值,就分散性之方面而言,較佳為較低,尤佳為0 mgKOH/g。 此處所謂酸值係表示中和分散劑固形物成分1 g所需之KOH之毫克(mg)數。 The acid value of the block copolymer is preferably low in terms of dispersibility, and particularly preferably 0 mgKOH/g. The acid value here refers to the number of milligrams (mg) of KOH required to neutralize 1 g of the solid component of the dispersant.

關於嵌段共聚物之胺值,就分散性與顯影性之觀點而言,較佳為30 mgKOH/g以上,更佳為50 mgKOH/g以上,進而較佳為70 mgKOH/g以上,進而更佳為90 mgKOH/g以上,進一步較佳為100 mgKOH/g以上,尤佳為105 mgKOH/g以上,又,較佳為150 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為130 mgKOH/g以下。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,較佳為30~150 mgKOH/g,更佳為50~150 mgKOH/g,進而較佳為70~150 mgKOH/g,進而更佳為90~130 mgKOH/g,進一步較佳為100~130 mgKOH/g,尤佳為105~130 mgKOH/g。 此處所謂胺值係表示有效固形物成分換算之胺值,係與分散劑固形物成分每1 g中之鹼量相當之KOH之質量所表示之值。 The amine value of the block copolymer is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and still more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and developability. It is preferably 90 mgKOH/g or more, further preferably 100 mgKOH/g or more, particularly preferably 105 mgKOH/g or more. Furthermore, it is preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 130 mgKOH/g or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, 30 to 150 mgKOH/g is preferred, 50 to 150 mgKOH/g is more preferred, 70 to 150 mgKOH/g is more preferred, 90 to 130 mgKOH/g is more preferred, and 100 to 100 mgKOH/g is more preferred. 130 mgKOH/g, preferably 105~130 mgKOH/g. The amine value here refers to the amine value converted from the effective solid content, and is a value expressed by the mass of KOH equivalent to the amount of alkali per 1 g of the solid content of the dispersant.

嵌段共聚物之重量平均分子量較佳為1000~30000。於上述範圍內之情形時,存在分散穩定性變得良好,又,於藉由狹縫噴嘴方式之塗佈時更不易產生乾燥異物之傾向。The weight average molecular weight of the block copolymer is preferably 1,000 to 30,000. When the coating is within the above range, the dispersion stability becomes good, and dry foreign matter tends to be less likely to be generated during coating by the slit nozzle method.

嵌段共聚物可藉由公知之方法而製造。例如可藉由將導入上述各重複單元之單體進行活性聚合而製造。 作為活性聚合法,例如可採用日本專利特開平9-62002號公報、日本專利特開2002-31713號公報、P. Lutz, P. Masson et al, Polym. Bull. 12, 79(1984)、B. C. Anderson, G. D. Andrews et al, Macromolecules, 14, 1601(1981)、K. Hatada, K. Ute, et al, Polym. J. 17, 977(1985), K. Hatada, K. Ute, et al, Polym. J. 18, 1037(1986)、右手浩一,畑田耕一,高分子加工,36, 366(1987)、東村敏延,澤本光男,高分子論文集,46, 189(1989)、M. Kuroki, T. Aida, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 109, 4737(1987)、相田卓三,井上祥平,有機合成化學,43, 300(1985)、D. Y. Sogoh, W. R. Hertler et al, Macromolecules, 20, 1473(1987)中記載之公知之方法。 The block copolymer can be produced by a known method. For example, it can be produced by living polymerization of monomers introduced into each of the above-mentioned repeating units. As the living polymerization method, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-62002, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-31713, P. Lutz, P. Masson et al, Polym. Bull. 12, 79 (1984), B. C. Anderson, G. D. Andrews et al, Macromolecules, 14, 1601(1981), K. Hatada, K. Ute, et al, Polym. J. 17, 977(1985), K. Hatada, K. Ute, et al, Polym . J. 18, 1037(1986), Righthand Koichi, Hatada Koichi, Polymer Processing, 36, 366(1987), Higashimura Toshinobu, Sawamoto Mitsuo, Polymer Papers, 46, 189(1989), M. Kuroki, T. Aida, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 109, 4737(1987), Takuzo Aida, Shohei Inoue, Synthetic Organic Chemistry, 43, 300(1985), D. Y. Sogoh, W. R. Hertler et al, Macromolecules, 20, 1473( 1987).

於本發明之著色樹脂組合物含有分散劑之情形時,分散劑之含有比率並無特別限定,於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中,較佳為0.001質量%以上,更佳為0.01質量%以上,進而較佳為0.1質量%以上,進而更佳為1質量%以上,尤佳為2質量%以上,又,較佳為25質量%以下,更佳為20質量%以下,進而較佳為15質量%以下,尤佳為10質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在分散性或保存穩定性提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在電氣可靠性或顯影性提高之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,於著色樹脂組合物含有分散劑之情形時,分散劑之含有比率於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中較佳為0.001~25質量%,更佳為0.01~25質量%,進而較佳為0.1~20質量%,進而更佳為1~15質量%,尤佳為2~10質量%。When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a dispersant, the content ratio of the dispersant is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.001 mass % or more, more preferably 0.01 mass % in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. % or more, more preferably 0.1 mass % or more, still more preferably 1 mass % or more, especially 2 mass % or more, and preferably 25 mass % or less, more preferably 20 mass % or less, still more preferably It is 15 mass % or less, especially 10 mass % or less. By setting it as above the said lower limit value, the dispersibility or storage stability tends to improve, and by setting it as below the said upper limit value, there exists a tendency for electrical reliability or developability to improve. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, when the colored resin composition contains a dispersant, the content ratio of the dispersant in the total solid content of the colored resin composition is preferably 0.001 to 25 mass %, more preferably 0.01 to 25 mass %, and still more preferably Preferably, it is 0.1-20 mass %, More preferably, it is 1-15 mass %, Most preferably, it is 2-10 mass %.

於本發明之著色樹脂組合物含有顏料及分散劑之情形時,相對於顏料之分散劑之含有比率並無特別限定,相對於顏料100質量份,較佳為0.5質量份以上,更佳為5質量份以上,進而較佳為10質量份以上,進而更佳為15質量份以上,尤佳為20質量份以上,又,較佳為70質量份以下,更佳為50質量份以下,進而較佳為40質量份以下,尤佳為30質量份以下。藉由設為上述範圍內,存在分散穩定性優異,可獲得高亮度之著色性樹脂組合物之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,於著色樹脂組合物含有顏料及分散劑之情形時,分散劑之含有比率相對於顏料100質量份,較佳為0.5~70質量份,更佳為5~70質量份,進而較佳為10~50質量份,進而更佳為15~40質量份,尤佳為20~30質量份。When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a pigment and a dispersant, the content ratio of the dispersant to the pigment is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts per 100 parts by mass of the pigment. Parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, more preferably 15 parts by mass or more, especially 20 parts by mass or more, and preferably 70 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, still more Preferably, it is 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably, it is 30 parts by mass or less. By setting it within the above range, a colored resin composition having excellent dispersion stability and high brightness tends to be obtained. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, when the colored resin composition contains a pigment and a dispersant, the content ratio of the dispersant relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment is preferably 0.5 to 70 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 70 parts by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 15 to 40 parts by mass, even more preferably 20 to 30 parts by mass.

於本發明之著色樹脂組合物含有顏料之情形時,為提高顏料之分散性,提高分散穩定性,例如可含有顏料衍生物作為分散助劑。 作為顏料衍生物,具體而言,例如可例舉:偶氮系、酞菁系、喹吖酮系、苯并咪唑酮系、喹酞酮系、異吲哚啉酮系、異吲哚啉系、二㗁𠯤系、蒽醌系、陰丹士林系、苝系、芘酮系、吡咯并吡咯二酮系、二㗁𠯤系顏料之衍生物。作為顏料衍生物之取代基,例如可例舉:磺酸基、磺醯胺基及其四級鹽、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基、二烷基胺基烷基、羥基、羧基、醯胺基直接或經由烷基、芳基、雜環基等鍵結於顏料骨架上者,較佳可例舉磺醯胺基及其四級鹽、磺酸基,更佳為磺酸基。又,該等取代基可於一個顏料骨架上取代複數個,亦可為取代數不同之化合物之混合物。作為顏料衍生物,例如可例舉:偶氮顏料之磺酸衍生物、酞菁顏料之磺酸衍生物、喹酞酮顏料之磺酸衍生物、異吲哚啉顏料之磺酸衍生物、蒽醌顏料之磺酸衍生物、喹吖酮顏料之磺酸衍生物、吡咯并吡咯二酮顏料之磺酸衍生物、二㗁𠯤顏料之磺酸衍生物等。 When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a pigment, in order to improve the dispersibility of the pigment and improve the dispersion stability, for example, a pigment derivative may be included as a dispersion aid. Specific examples of the pigment derivatives include azo-based, phthalocyanine-based, quinacridone-based, benzimidazolone-based, quinphthalone-based, isoindolinone-based, and isoindoline-based , Derivatives of diketopyrrolide, anthraquinone, indanthrene, perylene, pyrenone, diketopyrrolopyrrole, and diketopyrroline pigments. Examples of the substituent of the pigment derivative include: sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group and its quaternary salt, phthalamide imidemethyl group, dialkylaminoalkyl group, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, hydroxyl group, and hydroxyl group. The amine group is bonded to the pigment skeleton directly or via an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, etc., preferably a sulfonamide group and its quaternary salt, or a sulfonic acid group, and more preferably a sulfonic acid group. In addition, these substituents may be substituted in plural on one pigment skeleton, or may be a mixture of compounds with different numbers of substitutions. Examples of pigment derivatives include sulfonic acid derivatives of azo pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of phthalocyanine pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of quinophthalone pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of isoindoline pigments, and anthracenes Sulfonic acid derivatives of quinone pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of quinacridone pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, sulfonic acid derivatives of dimethacin pigments, etc.

[1-6-2]界面活性劑  本發明之著色樹脂組合物可含有界面活性劑,作為界面活性劑,可使用陰離子系、陽離子系、非離子系、兩性界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑,就對諸特性帶來不良影響之可能性較低之方面而言,較佳為非離子系界面活性劑。  於本發明之著色樹脂組合物含有界面活性劑之情形時,界面活性劑之含有比率並無特別限定,於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中,於以下範圍內使用:較佳為0.001質量%以上,更佳為0.01質量%以上,進而較佳為0.05質量%以上,尤佳為0.1質量%以上,又,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為1質量%以下,進而較佳為0.5質量%以下,尤佳為0.3質量%以下。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,界面活性劑之含有比率於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中,較佳為0.001~10質量%,更佳為0.01~1質量%,進而較佳為0.05~0.5質量%,尤佳為0.1~0.3質量%。[1-6-2] Surfactant The colored resin composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as anionic, cationic, nonionic and amphoteric surfactants can be used. In terms of having a low possibility of adversely affecting various properties, nonionic surfactants are preferred. When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content ratio of the surfactant is not particularly limited. In the total solid content of the colored resin composition, it is used within the following range: preferably 0.001 mass % or more, more preferably 0.01 mass% or more, further preferably 0.05 mass% or more, especially 0.1 mass% or more, and preferably 10 mass% or less, more preferably 1 mass% or less, still more preferably 0.5% by mass or less, preferably 0.3% by mass or less. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the content ratio of the surfactant in the total solid content of the colored resin composition is preferably 0.001 to 10 mass %, more preferably 0.01 to 1 mass %, still more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 mass %, and particularly preferably It is 0.1~0.3% by mass.

[1-6-3]密接提昇劑  為改善與基板之密接性,本發明之著色樹脂組合物可含有密接提昇劑。作為密接提昇劑,例如可例舉:矽烷偶合劑、鈦偶合劑。較佳為矽烷偶合劑。 作為矽烷偶合劑,例如可例舉:KBM-402、KBM-403、KBM-502、KBM-5103、KBE-9007、X-12-1048、X-12-1050(Shin-Etsu Silicones公司製造)、Z-6040、Z-6043、Z-6062(Dow Corning Toray公司製造)。矽烷偶合劑可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 可於本發明之著色樹脂組合物中含有矽烷偶合劑以外之密接提昇劑。例如可例舉:磷酸系密接提昇劑、其他密接提昇劑。 [1-6-3] Adhesion improving agent In order to improve the adhesion with the substrate, the colored resin composition of the present invention may contain an adhesion improving agent. Examples of the adhesive improving agent include silane coupling agents and titanium coupling agents. Silane coupling agent is preferred. Examples of the silane coupling agent include: KBM-402, KBM-403, KBM-502, KBM-5103, KBE-9007, X-12-1048, X-12-1050 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicones Co., Ltd.), Z-6040, Z-6043, Z-6062 (manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.). One type of silane coupling agent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. The colored resin composition of the present invention may contain an adhesive improving agent other than a silane coupling agent. Examples include: phosphoric acid-based sealing enhancers and other sealing enhancers.

作為磷酸系密接提昇劑,較佳為含(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之磷酸酯類。較佳為下述通式(g1)、(g2)、(g3)所表示之磷酸系密接提昇劑。As the phosphoric acid-based adhesion improving agent, phosphate esters containing (meth)acryloxy groups are preferred. Preferred are phosphoric acid-based adhesion-enhancing agents represented by the following general formulas (g1), (g2), and (g3).

[化31] [Chemical 31]

於式(g1)、(g2)、(g3)中,R 51各自獨立地表示氫原子或甲基。l及l'各自獨立為1~10之整數,m各自獨立地表示1、2或3。 作為其他密接提昇劑,例如可例舉:TEGO(註冊商標)Add Bond LTH(Evonik公司製造)。該等磷酸系密接提昇劑或其他密接劑可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種可以上。 In formulas (g1), (g2), and (g3), R 51 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. l and l' are each independently an integer from 1 to 10, and m independently represents 1, 2 or 3. Examples of other adhesive improving agents include TEGO (registered trademark) Add Bond LTH (manufactured by Evonik Corporation). These phosphoric acid-based sealing agents or other sealing agents can be used alone, or two can be used in combination.

於本發明之著色樹脂組合物含有密接提昇劑之情形時,其含有比率並無特別限定,於著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中較佳為0.1質量%以上,更佳為0.2質量%以上,進而較佳為0.3質量%以上,尤佳為0.4質量%以上,又,較佳為3質量%以下,更佳為2質量%以下,進而較佳為1.5質量%以下,尤佳為1質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在圖案化特性提高,高濕條件下之圖案密接提高之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在抑制殘渣產生之傾向。上述上限及下限可任意地組合。例如,於著色樹脂組合物含有密接提昇劑之情形時,其含有比率於全部固形物成分中較佳為0.1~3質量%,更佳為0.2~2質量%,進而較佳為0.3~1.5質量%,尤佳為0.4~1質量%。When the colored resin composition of the present invention contains a close contact improving agent, the content ratio is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.1 mass % or more, and more preferably 0.2 mass % or more in the total solid content of the colored resin composition. , more preferably 0.3 mass% or more, particularly preferably 0.4 mass% or more, more preferably 3 mass% or less, more preferably 2 mass% or less, further preferably 1.5 mass% or less, especially 1 mass% %the following. By setting the value above the lower limit, patterning characteristics tend to be improved and pattern adhesion under high-humidity conditions is improved, and by setting the value below the upper limit, generation of residues tends to be suppressed. The above upper and lower limits can be combined arbitrarily. For example, when the colored resin composition contains an adhesion improving agent, the content ratio of the total solid content is preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 2% by mass, and still more preferably 0.3 to 1.5% by mass. %, preferably 0.4 to 1% by mass.

[2]著色樹脂組合物之製備  其次,對製備本發明之著色樹脂組合物之方法進行說明。[2] Preparation of colored resin composition Next, the method of preparing the colored resin composition of the present invention will be described.

於製備含有顏料作為(A)著色劑之著色樹脂組合物之情形時,首先分別稱量規定量之顏料、溶劑及分散劑,於分散處理步驟中,使含有顏料之著色劑分散,從而製備顏料分散液。於分散處理步驟中,例如可使用塗料調節器、砂磨機、球磨機、輥磨機、石磨機、噴射磨機、均質機等。藉由進行該分散處理,著色劑得以微粒子化,故而著色樹脂組合物之塗佈特性提高,製品之彩色濾光片基板之像素之透過率提高。When preparing a colored resin composition containing a pigment as the colorant (A), first, predetermined amounts of the pigment, solvent and dispersant are respectively weighed, and in the dispersion treatment step, the colorant containing the pigment is dispersed to prepare the pigment. Dispersions. In the dispersion treatment step, for example, a paint conditioner, a sand mill, a ball mill, a roller mill, a stone mill, a jet mill, a homogenizer, etc. can be used. By performing this dispersion treatment, the colorant is finely divided, so the coating characteristics of the colored resin composition are improved, and the transmittance of the pixels of the color filter substrate of the product is improved.

將顏料進行分散處理時,如上所述,較佳為適宜併用分散助劑等。 於使用砂磨機進行分散處理之情形時,較佳為使用0.1至數毫米直徑之玻璃珠或氧化鋯珠。分散處理時之溫度設定為如下範圍:較佳為0℃以上,更佳為室溫以上,又,較佳為100℃以下,更佳為80℃以下。再者,關於分散時間,適合之時間根據顏料分散液之組成及砂磨機之裝置大小等而有所不同,故而適當調整即可。 When dispersing the pigment, as mentioned above, it is preferable to appropriately use a dispersing aid and the like in combination. When using a sand mill for dispersion treatment, it is better to use glass beads or zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.1 to several millimeters. The temperature during the dispersion treatment is set to the following range: preferably 0°C or higher, more preferably room temperature or higher, and preferably 100°C or lower, more preferably 80°C or lower. Furthermore, regarding the dispersion time, the appropriate time varies depending on the composition of the pigment dispersion and the size of the sand mill, so it can be adjusted appropriately.

於藉由分散處理而獲得之顏料分散液中混合溶劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、光聚合起始劑、光聚合性單體、視需要之上述以外之成分等,製為均勻之分散溶液。再者,於分散處理步驟及混合之各步驟中,有時會混入微細之污垢,故而較佳為藉由過濾器等將所獲得之顏料分散液進行過濾處理。A solvent, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerization initiator, a photopolymerizable monomer, and if necessary components other than the above are mixed with the pigment dispersion liquid obtained by the dispersion treatment to prepare a uniform dispersion solution. Furthermore, in each step of the dispersion treatment and mixing, fine dirt may be mixed in, so it is preferable to filter the obtained pigment dispersion through a filter or the like.

於不含顏料作為(A)著色劑之情形時,可混合著色劑、溶劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、光聚合起始劑、光聚合性單體、視需要之上述以外之成分等,以均勻之溶液之形態而獲得。較佳為藉由過濾器等將所獲得之溶液進行過濾處理。When a pigment is not included as the colorant (A), a colorant, a solvent, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerization initiator, a photopolymerizable monomer, and other components other than the above if necessary may be mixed to form a uniform solution. obtained in its form. It is preferable to filter the obtained solution through a filter or the like.

[3]硬化物及彩色濾光片之製造  本發明之硬化物係使本發明之著色樹脂組合物硬化而成。  又,本發明之彩色濾光片具備使用本發明之著色樹脂組合物製作之像素。  以下,對彩色濾光片之製造方法之一例進行說明。[3] Production of hardened material and color filter The hardened material of the present invention is obtained by hardening the colored resin composition of the present invention. Furthermore, the color filter of the present invention has pixels produced using the colored resin composition of the present invention. Below, an example of a manufacturing method of a color filter is explained.

[3-1]基板(支持體)  作為塗佈本發明之著色樹脂組合物之基板,較佳為透明基板,只要為透明且具有適度之強度,則其材質並無特別限定。作為材質,例如可例舉:聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等聚酯系樹脂、聚丙烯、聚乙烯等聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚碸之熱塑性樹脂製片材、環氧樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂、聚(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂等熱固性樹脂片材、或各種玻璃。其中,就耐熱性之觀點而言,較佳為玻璃或耐熱性樹脂。[3-1] Substrate (Support) As the substrate to which the colored resin composition of the present invention is applied, a transparent substrate is preferred, and its material is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent and has appropriate strength. Examples of materials include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polypropylene and polyethylene, and thermoplastic resins such as polycarbonate, polymethylmethacrylate, and polyurethane. Sheets, thermosetting resin sheets such as epoxy resin, unsaturated polyester resin, poly(meth)acrylic resin, or various glasses. Among them, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, glass or heat-resistant resin is preferred.

為改良接著性等表面物性,視需要可對塗佈著色樹脂組合物之基板、設置有下述黑矩陣之基板進行電暈放電處理、臭氧處理、矽烷偶合劑或胺基甲酸酯系樹脂等各種樹脂之薄膜形成處理等。基板之厚度較佳為0.05 mm以上,更佳為0.1 mm以上,又,較佳為10 mm以下,更佳為7 mm以下之範圍。例如,較佳為0.05~10 mm,更佳為0.1~7 mm。又,於進行各種樹脂之薄膜形成處理之情形時,其膜厚較佳為0.01 μm以上,更佳為0.05 μm以上,又,較佳為10 μm以下,更佳為5 μm以下之範圍。例如,較佳為0.01~10 μm,更佳為0.05~5 μm。In order to improve surface physical properties such as adhesion, the substrate coated with the colored resin composition and the substrate provided with the following black matrix may be subjected to corona discharge treatment, ozone treatment, silane coupling agent, urethane resin, etc., if necessary. Film forming processing of various resins, etc. The thickness of the substrate is preferably 0.05 mm or more, more preferably 0.1 mm or more, and preferably 10 mm or less, more preferably 7 mm or less. For example, 0.05 to 10 mm is preferred, and 0.1 to 7 mm is more preferred. In addition, when performing thin film formation processing of various resins, the film thickness is preferably 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.05 μm or more, and preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less. For example, 0.01 to 10 μm is preferred, and 0.05 to 5 μm is more preferred.

[3-2]黑矩陣形成步驟  於透明基板上設置黑矩陣,進而通常形成紅色、綠色、藍色之像素圖像,藉此可製造本發明之彩色濾光片。本發明之著色樹脂組合物較佳為於紅色、綠色、藍色之像素中,作為綠色之像素(光阻圖案)形成用塗佈液而使用。使用綠色之像素(光阻圖案)形成用塗佈液,於形成於透明基板上之樹脂黑矩陣形成面上,或使用鉻化合物等其他遮光金屬材料而形成之金屬黑矩陣形成面上進行塗佈、加熱乾燥、圖像曝光、顯影及焙燒之各處理,從而形成像素圖像。[3-2] Black matrix formation step: A black matrix is provided on a transparent substrate to form red, green, and blue pixel images, whereby the color filter of the present invention can be manufactured. The colored resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a coating liquid for forming green pixels (photoresist patterns) among red, green, and blue pixels. Use a green pixel (photoresist pattern) forming coating liquid to coat the surface of the resin black matrix formed on the transparent substrate, or the surface of the metal black matrix formed using other light-shielding metal materials such as chromium compounds. , heating and drying, image exposure, development and baking processes to form a pixel image.

黑矩陣係利用遮光金屬薄膜或黑矩陣用著色樹脂組合物而形成於基板上。作為遮光金屬材料,例如使用金屬鉻、氧化鉻、氮化鉻等鉻化合物、鎳與鎢合金,可為將該等以複數層狀積層而成者。 金屬遮光膜通常係藉由濺鍍法而形成,藉由正型光阻,以膜狀形成所期望之圖案後,對鉻使用混合硝酸鈰銨與過氯酸及/或硝酸之蝕刻液,對其他材料使用適合材料之蝕刻液進行蝕刻,最後以專用剝離劑將正型光阻剝離,藉此可形成黑矩陣。 The black matrix is formed on the substrate using a light-shielding metal film or a colored resin composition for black matrix. As the light-shielding metal material, for example, metal chromium, chromium compounds such as chromium oxide and chromium nitride, nickel and tungsten alloys may be used, and the materials may be laminated in a plurality of layers. Metal light-shielding films are usually formed by sputtering. After forming the desired pattern in a film shape using a positive photoresist, an etching solution mixed with ceric ammonium nitrate and perchloric acid and/or nitric acid is used to chromium. Other materials are etched using an etching solution suitable for the material, and finally the positive photoresist is stripped off with a special stripper to form a black matrix.

於利用遮光金屬薄膜之情形時,首先藉由蒸鍍或濺鍍法等,於透明基板上形成該等金屬或金屬-金屬氧化物之薄膜。繼而,於該薄膜上形成著色樹脂組合物之塗佈膜後,使用具有條紋、馬賽克、三角形等重複圖案之光罩,對塗佈膜進行曝光、顯影,形成光阻圖案。其後,對該塗佈膜實施蝕刻處理,從而可形成黑矩陣。When a light-shielding metal film is used, a thin film of these metals or metal-metal oxides is first formed on a transparent substrate by evaporation or sputtering. Then, after forming a coating film of the colored resin composition on the film, a photomask having a repeating pattern such as stripes, mosaics, triangles, etc. is used to expose and develop the coating film to form a photoresist pattern. Thereafter, the coating film is etched to form a black matrix.

於利用黑矩陣用感光性著色樹脂組合物之情形時,使用含有黑色之著色劑之著色樹脂組合物形成黑矩陣。例如,可使用含有碳黑、石墨、鐵黑、苯胺黑、花青黑、鈦黑等黑色色料之單獨一種或複數種,或者自無機或有機之顏料、染料中適宜選擇之紅色、綠色、藍色等混合而成之黑色色料的著色樹脂組合物,以與下述形成紅色、綠色、藍色之像素之方法相同之方法,形成黑矩陣。When using a photosensitive colored resin composition for a black matrix, a black matrix is formed using a colored resin composition containing a black colorant. For example, one or a plurality of black colorants including carbon black, graphite, iron black, aniline black, cyanine black, titanium black, etc. can be used, or red, green, and green pigments suitably selected from inorganic or organic pigments and dyes can be used. A black matrix is formed from a colored resin composition containing a black color material mixed with blue and the like in the same manner as the method for forming red, green, and blue pixels described below.

[3-3]像素形成步驟  形成像素之像素形成步驟包括:於基板上塗佈上述著色樹脂組合物之塗佈步驟、及將於上述塗佈步驟中獲得之塗佈膜進行預烘烤之預烘烤步驟。 於像素形成步驟中,例如經過於設置有黑矩陣之基板上塗佈紅色、綠色、藍色中一種顏色之著色樹脂組合物的塗佈步驟,將所獲得之塗佈膜進行乾燥(預烘烤)的預烘烤步驟,於塗佈膜上疊置光罩,經由該光罩,進行圖像曝光的曝光步驟,顯影步驟,視需要進行熱硬化或光硬化,藉此可形成像素。對紅色、綠色、藍色之三種顏色之著色樹脂組合物分別進行該等步驟,藉此可形成彩色濾光片圖像。 本發明之著色樹脂組合物較佳為於紅色、綠色、藍色之像素中,作為綠色或藍色之像素(光阻圖案)形成用組合物而使用,更佳為作為綠色像素形成用組合物而使用。例如,使用綠色或藍色之像素(光阻圖案)形成用組合物,於形成於基板上之樹脂黑矩陣形成面上,或使用鉻化合物等其他遮光金屬材料而形成之金屬黑矩陣形成面上進行塗佈、乾燥(預烘烤)、圖像曝光、顯影、及熱硬化或光硬化之各處理,從而形成像素。 [3-3] Pixel forming step The pixel forming step of forming a pixel includes: a coating step of applying the above-mentioned colored resin composition on a substrate, and a pre-baking step of pre-baking the coating film obtained in the above-mentioned coating step. Baking steps. In the pixel formation step, for example, through a coating step of applying a colored resin composition of one color among red, green, and blue on a substrate provided with a black matrix, the obtained coating film is dried (prebaked). ), a photomask is stacked on the coating film, and an image exposure step is performed through the photomask. In the development step, thermal hardening or photohardening is performed as necessary, thereby forming pixels. A color filter image can be formed by performing these steps on three colored resin compositions of red, green, and blue respectively. The colored resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a composition for forming green or blue pixels (photoresist patterns) among red, green, and blue pixels, and more preferably is used as a composition for forming green pixels. And use. For example, a green or blue pixel (photoresist pattern) forming composition is used on a resin black matrix formation surface formed on a substrate, or a metal black matrix formation surface is formed using other light-shielding metal materials such as chromium compounds. Each process of coating, drying (prebaking), image exposure, development, and thermal hardening or photohardening is performed to form pixels.

[3-4]塗佈步驟  著色樹脂組合物於基板上之塗佈例如可藉由旋轉塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、流塗法、模嘴塗佈法、輥式塗佈法、噴塗法而進行。其中,若藉由模嘴塗佈法,則就大幅削減著色樹脂組合物之使用量,且完全不存在利用旋轉塗佈法時附著之霧沫(mist)等之影響,進而異物產生得以抑制等綜合觀點而言較佳。[3-4] Coating step: The colored resin composition can be coated on the substrate by, for example, spin coating, wire bar coating, flow coating, die coating, roller coating, or spray coating. Proceed according to law. Among them, if the die coating method is used, the amount of the colored resin composition used can be greatly reduced, and the influence of the mist (mist) that adheres when using the spin coating method is completely eliminated, and the generation of foreign matter can be suppressed, etc. Better from a comprehensive point of view.

關於塗佈膜之厚度,若過大,則有時圖案顯影變得困難,並且液晶單元化步驟中之間隙調整變得困難,另一方面,若過小,則有時難以提高顏料濃度,無法呈現所期望之顏色。塗佈膜之厚度以乾燥後之膜厚計,較佳為0.2 μm以上,更佳為0.5 μm以上,進而較佳為0.8 μm以上,又,較佳為20 μm以下,更佳為10 μm以下,進而較佳為5 μm以下。例如,較佳為0.2~20 μm,更佳為0.5~10 μm,進而較佳為0.8~5 μm。Regarding the thickness of the coating film, if it is too large, it may become difficult to develop the pattern and adjust the gap in the liquid crystal unitization step. On the other hand, if it is too small, it may be difficult to increase the pigment concentration and the desired expression may not be achieved. The color of hope. The thickness of the coating film is preferably 0.2 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, further preferably 0.8 μm or more, based on the film thickness after drying, and preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less. , and more preferably 5 μm or less. For example, 0.2 to 20 μm is preferred, 0.5 to 10 μm is more preferred, and 0.8 to 5 μm is still more preferred.

[3-5]預烘烤步驟  於塗佈步驟中獲得之塗佈膜之乾燥(預烘烤)較佳為藉由使用有加熱板、IR(Infrared,紅外)烘箱或對流烘箱之乾燥法。進行預乾燥後,較佳為再次加熱而進行預烘烤。預乾燥之條件可根據上述溶劑成分之種類、所使用之乾燥機之性能等而適宜選擇。乾燥溫度及乾燥時間係根據溶劑成分之種類、所使用之乾燥機之性能等而選擇,具體而言,乾燥溫度較佳為40℃以上,更佳為50℃以上,又,較佳為80℃以下,更佳為70℃以下,乾燥時間較佳為15秒以上,更佳為30秒以上,又,較佳為5分鐘以下,更佳為3分鐘以下。[3-5] Pre-baking step The drying (pre-baking) of the coating film obtained in the coating step is preferably by using a drying method using a heating plate, IR (Infrared, infrared) oven or convection oven. After predrying, it is preferable to perform prebaking for reheating. The conditions for pre-drying can be appropriately selected based on the types of the above-mentioned solvent components, the performance of the dryer used, etc. The drying temperature and drying time are selected based on the type of solvent components, the performance of the dryer used, etc. Specifically, the drying temperature is preferably 40°C or higher, more preferably 50°C or higher, and more preferably 80°C. or less, more preferably 70°C or less, and the drying time is preferably 15 seconds or more, more preferably 30 seconds or more, and further, preferably 5 minutes or less, more preferably 3 minutes or less.

預烘烤之溫度條件較佳為高於預乾燥溫度之溫度。於本發明中,具體而言為80℃以上,較佳為90℃以上,尤佳為100℃以上,又,較佳為200℃以下,更佳為160℃以下,尤佳為130℃以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,存在溶解速度變快之傾向,藉由設為上述上限值以下,存在黏合劑樹脂分解,誘發熱聚合從而產生顯影不良之傾向。上述上限值及下限值可任意地組合,例如,預烘烤之溫度較佳為80~200℃,更佳為90~130℃,尤佳為100~130℃。The temperature condition of pre-baking is preferably higher than the pre-drying temperature. In the present invention, it is specifically 80°C or higher, preferably 90°C or higher, especially 100°C or higher, and preferably 200°C or lower, more preferably 160°C or lower, especially 130°C or lower. When the value is above the lower limit, the dissolution rate tends to become faster. When the value is below the upper limit, the binder resin decomposes and thermal polymerization is induced, resulting in poor development. The above-mentioned upper limit and lower limit can be combined arbitrarily. For example, the pre-baking temperature is preferably 80 to 200°C, more preferably 90 to 130°C, and particularly preferably 100 to 130°C.

預烘烤之乾燥時間亦取決於加熱溫度,較佳為10秒以上,更佳為15秒以上,又,較佳為10分鐘以下,更佳為5分鐘以下。The drying time of pre-baking also depends on the heating temperature, and is preferably 10 seconds or more, more preferably 15 seconds or more, and is preferably 10 minutes or less, more preferably 5 minutes or less.

[3-6]曝光步驟  於像素形成步驟中,較佳為於預烘烤步驟後具有曝光步驟。 曝光步驟係如下述方式進行:於經過預烘烤步驟而獲得之塗佈膜上疊置負型之矩陣圖案,經由該遮罩圖案,照射紫外線或可見光線之光源。此時,為防止由氧引起之光聚合性層之感度下降,視需要可於光聚合性層上形成聚乙烯醇層等隔氧層後進行曝光。上述曝光中所使用之光源並無特別限定。作為光源,例如可例舉:氙氣燈、鹵素燈、鎢絲燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物燈、中壓水銀燈、低壓水銀燈、碳弧、螢光燈等燈光源、或氬離子雷射、YAG(Yttrium Aluminum Garnet,釔-鋁-石榴石)雷射、準分子雷射、氮雷射、氦-鎘雷射、半導體雷射等雷射光源。於照射特定波長之光而使用之情形時,亦可利用光學濾光器。 [3-6] Exposure step In the pixel formation step, it is preferable to have an exposure step after the pre-baking step. The exposure step is performed as follows: a negative matrix pattern is stacked on the coating film obtained through the pre-baking step, and a light source of ultraviolet or visible light is irradiated through the mask pattern. At this time, in order to prevent the sensitivity of the photopolymerizable layer from decreasing due to oxygen, if necessary, an oxygen barrier layer such as a polyvinyl alcohol layer may be formed on the photopolymerizable layer and then exposed. The light source used in the above exposure is not particularly limited. Examples of the light source include light sources such as xenon lamps, halogen lamps, tungsten lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, medium-pressure mercury lamps, low-pressure mercury lamps, carbon arcs, fluorescent lamps, or argon ions. Laser, YAG (Yttrium Aluminum Garnet) laser, excimer laser, nitrogen laser, helium-cadmium laser, semiconductor laser and other laser light sources. When used by irradiating light of a specific wavelength, an optical filter can also be used.

[3-7]顯影步驟  於像素形成步驟中,較佳為於曝光步驟後具有顯影步驟。 可藉由如下方式進行製造:於上述曝光步驟中對使用有本發明之著色樹脂組合物之塗佈膜進行曝光後,經過使用含有界面活性劑與鹼性化合物之水溶液進行顯影的顯影步驟,而於基板上形成圖像。 該水溶液中可進而含有有機溶劑、緩衝劑、錯合劑、染料或顏料。 [3-7] Development step In the pixel formation step, it is preferable to have a development step after the exposure step. It can be produced by exposing a coating film using the colored resin composition of the present invention in the above-mentioned exposure step and then developing it using an aqueous solution containing a surfactant and an alkaline compound, and Form an image on the substrate. The aqueous solution may further contain organic solvents, buffers, complexing agents, dyes or pigments.

作為鹼性化合物,例如可例舉:氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鋰、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、矽酸鈉、矽酸鉀、偏矽酸鈉、磷酸鈉、磷酸鉀、磷酸氫鈉、磷酸氫鉀、磷酸二氫鈉、磷酸二氫鉀、氫氧化銨等無機鹼性化合物、或者單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺或三乙醇胺、單甲胺、二甲胺或三甲胺、單乙胺、二乙胺或三乙胺、單異丙胺或二異丙胺、正丁胺、單異丙醇胺、二異丙醇胺或三異丙醇胺、伸乙基亞胺、伸乙基二亞胺、氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)、膽鹼等有機鹼性化合物。該等鹼性化合物可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。Examples of the basic compound include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and phosphoric acid. Inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium, potassium phosphate, sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, ammonium hydroxide, or monoethanolamine, diethanolamine or triethanolamine, monomethylamine, dimethylamine or Trimethylamine, monoethylamine, diethylamine or triethylamine, monoisopropylamine or diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine or triisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine , ethylenediimide, tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), choline and other organic alkaline compounds. One type of these basic compounds may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.

作為界面活性劑,例如可例舉:聚氧乙烯烷基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基芳基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基酯類、山梨醇酐烷基酯類、單甘油酯烷基酯類等非離子系界面活性劑、烷基苯磺酸鹽類、烷基萘磺酸鹽類、烷基硫酸鹽類、烷基磺酸鹽類、磺基琥珀酸酯鹽類等陰離子性界面活性劑、烷基甜菜鹼類、胺基酸類等兩性界面活性劑。Examples of surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, sorbitan alkyl esters, and monoglyceride alkyl esters. Anionic surfactants such as nonionic surfactants, alkylbenzene sulfonates, alkylnaphthalene sulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkyl sulfonates, sulfosuccinate salts, etc. agents, alkyl betaines, amino acids and other amphoteric surfactants.

作為有機溶劑,例如可例舉:異丙醇、苄醇、乙基溶纖劑、丁基溶纖劑、苯基溶纖劑、丙二醇、二丙酮醇。有機溶劑可與水溶液併用。 顯影之條件並無特別限制,顯影溫度較佳為10℃以上,更佳為15℃以上,進而較佳為20℃以上,又,較佳為50℃以下,更佳為45℃以下,進而較佳為40℃以下。例如,較佳為10~50℃,更佳為15~45℃,進而較佳為20~40℃。顯影方法可利用浸漬顯影法、噴射顯影法、塗刷(brush)顯影法、超音波顯影法等任一種方法。 Examples of the organic solvent include isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, ethyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, phenyl cellosolve, propylene glycol, and diacetone alcohol. Organic solvents can be used together with aqueous solutions. The conditions for development are not particularly limited. The development temperature is preferably 10°C or higher, more preferably 15°C or higher, further preferably 20°C or higher, and preferably 50°C or lower, more preferably 45°C or lower, and further preferably 45°C or lower. The best temperature is below 40℃. For example, 10 to 50°C is preferred, 15 to 45°C is more preferred, and 20 to 40°C is still more preferred. As the development method, any method such as a immersion development method, a jet development method, a brush development method, or an ultrasonic development method can be used.

[3-7]熱硬化處理步驟  於像素形成步驟中,於顯影步驟後具有熱硬化處理步驟之情形時亦較佳。作為熱硬化處理步驟中之熱硬化處理條件,溫度較佳為100℃以上,更佳為150℃以上,又,較佳為280℃以下,更佳為250℃以下,時間較佳為5分鐘以上,又,較佳為60分鐘以下。[3-7] Thermal hardening treatment step In the pixel forming step, it is also preferable to have a heat hardening treatment step after the development step. As for the thermal hardening treatment conditions in the thermal hardening treatment step, the temperature is preferably 100°C or higher, more preferably 150°C or higher, and the temperature is preferably 280°C or lower, more preferably 250°C or lower, and the time is preferably 5 minutes or longer. , and preferably 60 minutes or less.

經過上述像素形成步驟,完成一種顏色之圖案化像素形成。依次重複該步驟,將黑色、紅色、綠色、藍色圖案化,從而可製造彩色濾光片。再者,四種顏色之圖案化之順序並不限定於上述順序。After the above pixel forming steps, patterned pixels of one color are formed. This step is repeated in sequence to pattern black, red, green, and blue, thereby creating a color filter. Furthermore, the order of patterning of the four colors is not limited to the above order.

[3-8]透明電極之形成  本發明之彩色濾光片可直接於圖像上形成ITO(氧化銦錫,Indium Tin Oxides)等透明電極,用作彩色顯示器、液晶顯示裝置等之零件之一部分,但為了提高表面平滑性或耐久性,亦可視需要於圖像上設置聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺等面塗層。又,一部分於平面配向型驅動方式(IPS模式)等之用途中亦存在不形成透明電極之情形。[3-8] Formation of transparent electrodes The color filter of the present invention can form transparent electrodes such as ITO (Indium Tin Oxides) directly on the image, and can be used as part of components of color displays, liquid crystal display devices, etc. , but in order to improve surface smoothness or durability, top coatings such as polyamide and polyimide can also be provided on the image if necessary. In addition, in some applications such as planar alignment type driving method (IPS mode), transparent electrodes may not be formed.

[4]圖像顯示裝置(面板)  本發明之圖像顯示裝置具有藉由本發明之製法而製作之彩色濾光片。  以下,作為圖像顯示裝置,對液晶顯示裝置及有機EL顯示裝置進行詳細說明。[4] Image display device (panel) The image display device of the present invention has a color filter produced by the manufacturing method of the present invention. In the following, as image display devices, liquid crystal display devices and organic EL display devices will be described in detail.

[4-1]液晶顯示裝置  對本發明之液晶顯示裝置之製造方法進行說明。本發明之液晶顯示裝置通常以如下方式完成製造:於藉由本發明之製法而製作之彩色濾光片上形成配向膜,於該配向膜上散佈間隔件後,貼合對向基板而形成液晶單元,於形成之液晶單元中注入液晶,與對向電極接線。配向膜較佳為聚醯亞胺等樹脂膜。配向膜之形成通常採用凹版印刷法及/或軟版印刷法,配向膜之厚度為數十奈米。藉由熱焙燒進行配向膜之硬化處理後,藉由紫外線之照射或利用摩擦布之處理而進行表面處理,加工為可調整液晶之斜率之表面狀態。[4-1] Liquid crystal display device The manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described. The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is usually manufactured in the following manner: an alignment film is formed on the color filter produced by the manufacturing method of the present invention, spacers are spread on the alignment film, and a counter substrate is bonded to form a liquid crystal cell. , inject liquid crystal into the formed liquid crystal cell and connect it to the counter electrode. The alignment film is preferably a resin film such as polyimide. The alignment film is usually formed by gravure printing and/or flexographic printing, and the thickness of the alignment film is tens of nanometers. After hardening the alignment film by thermal baking, surface treatment is performed by irradiation with ultraviolet rays or treatment with a rubbing cloth to achieve a surface state that can adjust the slope of the liquid crystal.

間隔件使用與對向基板之間隙(空隙)對應之大小者,通常較佳為2~8 μm者。亦可藉由光微影法於彩色濾光片基板上形成透明樹脂膜之感光性間隔件(PS),將其代替間隔件使用。作為對向基板,通常使用陣列基板,尤佳為TFT(薄膜電晶體)基板。The spacer is preferably a spacer having a size corresponding to the gap (gap) between the opposing substrates, and is usually preferably 2 to 8 μm. A photosensitive spacer (PS) of a transparent resin film can also be formed on the color filter substrate by photolithography and used instead of the spacer. As the counter substrate, an array substrate is usually used, and a TFT (Thin Film Transistor) substrate is particularly preferred.

與對向基板之貼合間隙根據液晶顯示裝置之用途而有所不同,較佳為於2 μm以上8 μm以下之範圍內選擇。與對向基板貼合後,液晶注入口以外之部分藉由環氧樹脂等密封材料而密封。密封材料藉由UV(ultraviolet,紫外線)照射及/或加熱而硬化,從而將液晶單元周邊密封。 周邊被密封之液晶單元切割為面板單元後,於真空腔室內減壓,將上述液晶注入口浸漬於液晶後,藉由向腔室內滲漏而將液晶注入液晶單元內。液晶單元內之減壓度較佳為1×10 -2Pa以下,更佳為1×10 -3Pa以下,又,較佳為1×10 -7Pa以上,更佳為1×10 -6Pa以上之範圍。例如,較佳為1×10 -7~1×10 -2Pa,更佳為1×10 -6~1×10 -3Pa。  又,較佳為減壓時將液晶單元加溫,加溫溫度較佳為30℃以上,更佳為50℃以上,又,較佳為100℃以下,更佳為90℃以下之範圍。例如,較佳為30~100℃,更佳為50~90℃。 The bonding gap with the counter substrate varies depending on the use of the liquid crystal display device, but is preferably selected within the range of 2 μm to 8 μm. After being bonded to the counter substrate, parts other than the liquid crystal injection port are sealed with sealing materials such as epoxy resin. The sealing material is hardened by UV (ultraviolet, ultraviolet) irradiation and/or heating, thereby sealing the periphery of the liquid crystal cell. After the liquid crystal unit with a sealed periphery is cut into panel units, the pressure is reduced in a vacuum chamber. After the liquid crystal injection port is immersed in liquid crystal, the liquid crystal is injected into the liquid crystal unit by leaking into the chamber. The degree of pressure reduction in the liquid crystal cell is preferably 1×10 -2 Pa or less, more preferably 1×10 -3 Pa or less, and more preferably 1×10 -7 Pa or more, more preferably 1×10 -6 The range is above Pa. For example, 1×10 -7 to 1×10 -2 Pa is preferred, and 1×10 -6 to 1×10 -3 Pa is more preferred. Moreover, it is preferable to heat the liquid crystal cell during decompression, and the heating temperature is preferably 30°C or higher, more preferably 50°C or higher, and preferably 100°C or lower, more preferably 90°C or lower. For example, 30 to 100°C is preferred, and 50 to 90°C is more preferred.

減壓時之加溫保持較佳為10分鐘以上60分鐘以下之範圍,其後,浸漬於液晶中。使UV硬化樹脂硬化而將注入有液晶之液晶單元之液晶注入口密封,藉此完成液晶顯示裝置(面板)。 液晶之種類並無特別限制,可為芳香族系、脂肪族系、多環狀化合物等先前已知之液晶,例如溶致型液晶、熱致型液晶等之任一種。 熱致型液晶已知有向列型液晶、層列型液晶及膽固醇型液晶等,可為任一種。 It is preferable to maintain the temperature during decompression in the range of not less than 10 minutes and not more than 60 minutes, and then immerse it in the liquid crystal. The UV curable resin is cured and the liquid crystal injection port of the liquid crystal unit into which liquid crystal is injected is sealed, thereby completing a liquid crystal display device (panel). The type of liquid crystal is not particularly limited and can be any of previously known liquid crystals such as aromatic, aliphatic, and polycyclic compounds, such as lyotropic liquid crystal, thermotropic liquid crystal, and the like. Known thermotropic liquid crystals include nematic liquid crystal, smectic liquid crystal, cholesteric liquid crystal, and the like, and any of them may be used.

[4-2]有機EL顯示裝置  於製作具有藉由本發明之製法而製作之彩色濾光片之有機EL顯示裝置之情形時,例如如圖1所示,於透明支持基板10上形成藉由本發明之著色樹脂組合物而形成有像素20之藍色彩色濾光片,於該藍色彩色濾光片上經由有機保護層30及無機氧化膜40而積層有機發光體500,藉此製作多種顏色之有機EL元件。[4-2] Organic EL display device When producing an organic EL display device having a color filter produced by the manufacturing method of the present invention, for example, as shown in Figure 1, the organic EL display device formed by the present invention is formed on a transparent support substrate 10. The colored resin composition is used to form a blue color filter with pixels 20, and the organic light-emitting body 500 is laminated on the blue color filter through the organic protective layer 30 and the inorganic oxide film 40, thereby producing a variety of colors. Organic EL element.

作為有機發光體500之積層方法,可例舉:於彩色濾光片上表面逐次形成透明陽極50、電洞注入層51、電洞傳輸層52、發光層53、電子注入層54及陰極55的方法;或將於其他基板上形成之有機發光體500貼合於無機氧化膜40上的方法等。如此製作之有機EL元件100可應用於被動驅動方式之有機EL顯示裝置,亦可應用於主動驅動方式之有機EL顯示裝置。  [實施例]An example of a lamination method of the organic light-emitting body 500 is: sequentially forming the transparent anode 50, the hole injection layer 51, the hole transport layer 52, the light-emitting layer 53, the electron injection layer 54 and the cathode 55 on the upper surface of the color filter. method; or a method of bonding the organic light-emitting body 500 formed on another substrate to the inorganic oxide film 40, etc. The organic EL device 100 fabricated in this way can be applied to a passively driven organic EL display device or an actively driven organic EL display device. [Example]

其次,例舉實施例及比較例更具體地說明本發明,但本發明只要不超出其主旨,則不限定於以下實施例。Next, although an Example and a comparative example are given and this invention is demonstrated more concretely, this invention is not limited to the following Example as long as it does not deviate from the summary.

<酞菁化合物A>  使用基於日本專利特開平05-345861號公報之實施例30而合成之具有以下化學結構之酞菁化合物A。<Phthalocyanine compound A> Phthalocyanine compound A having the following chemical structure, which was synthesized based on Example 30 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 05-345861, was used.

[化32] [Chemical 32]

再者,式中之Et表示乙基。Furthermore, Et in the formula represents an ethyl group.

<酞菁化合物B><Phthalocyanine compound B>

[化33] [Chemical 33]

<分散劑A>  包含具有含氮原子之官能基之A嵌段、及具有親溶劑性基之B嵌段之甲基丙烯酸系AB嵌段共聚物。具有下述式(1a)所表示之重複單元、下述式(2a)所表示之重複單元、下述式(3a)所表示之重複單元、下述式(4a)所表示之重複單元、及下述式(5a)所表示之重複單元。胺值為120 mgKOH/g,酸值未達1 mgKOH/g。<Dispersant A> A methacrylic AB block copolymer containing an A block having a functional group containing a nitrogen atom and a B block having a solvophilic group. Having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1a), a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2a), a repeating unit represented by the following formula (3a), a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4a), and A repeating unit represented by the following formula (5a). The amine value is 120 mgKOH/g and the acid value is less than 1 mgKOH/g.

全部重複單元中之下述式(1a)、(2a)、(3a)、(4a)、及(5a)所表示之重複單元之含有比率分別為未達1莫耳%、34.5莫耳%、6.9莫耳%、13.8莫耳%、及6.9莫耳%。The content ratios of repeating units represented by the following formulas (1a), (2a), (3a), (4a), and (5a) among all repeating units are less than 1 mol%, 34.5 mol%, and less, respectively. 6.9 mol%, 13.8 mol%, and 6.9 mol%.

[化34] [Chemical 34]

<鹼可溶性樹脂A>  一邊對丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯145質量份進行氮氣置換一邊攪拌,升溫至120℃。於其中滴加苯乙烯10質量份、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯85質量份及具有三環癸烷骨架之單甲基丙烯酸酯(日立化成公司製造之FA-513M)66質量份,進而於120℃下持續攪拌2小時。其次,將反應容器內改為空氣置換,於丙烯酸43質量份中投入三(二甲胺基甲基)苯酚0.7質量份及對苯二酚0.12質量份,於120℃下持續反應6小時。其後,添加四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐(THPA)20質量份、三乙胺0.7質量份,於120℃下反應3.5小時。如此獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂A之藉由GPC測定之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量Mw為約8000,酸值為30 mgKOH/g,雙鍵當量為410 g/mol。<Alkali-soluble resin A> 145 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred while replacing it with nitrogen, and the temperature was raised to 120°C. 10 parts by mass of styrene, 85 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate and 66 parts by mass of monomethacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) were added dropwise thereto, and then heated at 120°C. Continue stirring for 2 hours. Next, the reaction vessel was replaced with air, 0.7 parts by mass of tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol and 0.12 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 43 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120° C. for 6 hours. Thereafter, 20 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 0.7 parts by mass of triethylamine were added, and the reaction was carried out at 120° C. for 3.5 hours. The alkali-soluble resin A thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight Mw measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene of about 8000, an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g, and a double bond equivalent of 410 g/mol.

<鹼可溶性樹脂B>  一邊對丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯145質量份進行氮氣置換一邊攪拌,升溫至120℃。於其中滴加苯乙烯5質量份、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯132質量份及具有三環癸烷骨架之單甲基丙烯酸酯(日立化成公司製造之FA-513M)4質量份,進而於120℃下持續攪拌2小時。其次,將反應容器內轉換為空氣置換,於丙烯酸67質量份中投入三(二甲胺基甲基)苯酚0.7質量份及對苯二酚0.12質量份,於120℃下持續反應6小時。其後,添加四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐(THPA)15質量份、三乙胺0.7質量份,於120℃下反應3.5小時。如此獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂B之藉由GPC測定之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量Mw為約9000,酸值為24 mgKOH/g,雙鍵當量為260 g/mol。<Alkali-soluble resin B> 145 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred while replacing it with nitrogen, and the temperature was raised to 120°C. 5 parts by mass of styrene, 132 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate and 4 parts by mass of monomethacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) were added dropwise thereto, and then heated at 120°C Continue stirring for 2 hours. Next, the reaction vessel was replaced with air, 0.7 parts by mass of tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol and 0.12 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 67 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120° C. for 6 hours. Thereafter, 15 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 0.7 parts by mass of triethylamine were added, and the reaction was carried out at 120° C. for 3.5 hours. The alkali-soluble resin B thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight Mw measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene of about 9000, an acid value of 24 mgKOH/g, and a double bond equivalent of 260 g/mol.

<鹼可溶性樹脂C>  一邊對丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯145質量份進行氮氣置換一邊攪拌,升溫至120℃。於其中滴加苯乙烯7質量份、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯92質量份及具有三環癸烷骨架之單甲基丙烯酸酯(日立化成公司製造之FA-513M)62質量份,進而於120℃下持續攪拌2小時。其次,將反應容器內轉換為空氣置換,於丙烯酸47質量份中投入三(二甲胺基甲基)苯酚0.7質量份及對苯二酚0.12質量份,於120℃下持續反應6小時。其後,添加琥珀酸酐39質量份、三乙胺0.7質量份,於120℃下反應3.5小時。如此獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂C之藉由GPC測定之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量Mw為約5700,酸值為89 mgKOH/g,雙鍵當量為430 g/mol。<Alkali-soluble resin C> 145 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred while replacing it with nitrogen, and the temperature was raised to 120°C. 7 parts by mass of styrene, 92 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 62 parts by mass of monomethacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) were added dropwise thereto, and then heated at 120°C. Continue stirring for 2 hours. Next, the reaction vessel was replaced with air, 0.7 parts by mass of tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol and 0.12 parts by mass of hydroquinone were added to 47 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 120° C. for 6 hours. Thereafter, 39 parts by mass of succinic anhydride and 0.7 parts by mass of triethylamine were added, and the reaction was carried out at 120° C. for 3.5 hours. The alkali-soluble resin C thus obtained had a weight average molecular weight Mw measured by GPC in terms of polystyrene of about 5700, an acid value of 89 mgKOH/g, and a double bond equivalent of 430 g/mol.

鹼可溶性樹脂A~C中,酸值為89 mgKOH/g之鹼可溶性樹脂C之溶解性最高。關於酸值較低且為同程度之鹼可溶性樹脂A與鹼可溶性樹脂B,含有更多之親水性較高之甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯之鹼可溶性樹脂B之溶解性較高。Among the alkali-soluble resins A to C, the alkali-soluble resin C with an acid value of 89 mgKOH/g has the highest solubility. Regarding the alkali-soluble resin A and the alkali-soluble resin B which have the same level of lower acid value, the alkali-soluble resin B containing more glycidyl methacrylate with higher hydrophilicity has higher solubility.

<鹼可溶性樹脂D>  準備安裝有冷凝管之可分離式燒瓶作為反應槽,添加丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯400質量份,進行氮氣置換後,一邊攪拌一邊以油浴加熱,將反應槽之溫度升溫至90℃。<Alkali-soluble resin D> Prepare a detachable flask equipped with a condenser tube as a reaction tank, add 400 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, replace it with nitrogen, and heat it with an oil bath while stirring to increase the temperature of the reaction tank. Raise temperature to 90°C.

另一方面,於單體槽中添加2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸二甲酯30質量份、甲基丙烯酸60質量份、甲基丙烯酸環己酯110質量份、過氧化-2-乙基己酸第三丁酯5.2質量份、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯40質量份,於鏈轉移劑槽中添加正十二硫醇5.2質量份、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯27質量份,使反應槽之溫度穩定於90℃後,開始自單體槽及鏈轉移劑槽滴加,開始聚合。一邊將溫度保持為90℃一邊分別以135分鐘進行滴加,滴加結束60分鐘後,開始升溫,使反應槽成為110℃。On the other hand, 30 parts by mass of 2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylic acid dimethyl ester, 60 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, and cyclohexyl methacrylate were added to the monomer tank. 110 parts by mass, 5.2 parts by mass of tert-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate, and 40 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. Add 5.2 parts by mass of n-dodecanethiol and 5.2 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether to the chain transfer agent tank. After stabilizing the temperature of the reaction tank at 90°C, 27 parts by mass of methyl ether acetate was added dropwise from the monomer tank and the chain transfer agent tank to start polymerization. While maintaining the temperature at 90°C, dropwise addition was performed over 135 minutes each, and 60 minutes after the completion of the dropwise addition, the temperature was started to rise so that the reaction tank reached 110°C.

維持為110℃3小時後,於可分離式燒瓶中安裝氣體導入管,開始通入氧氣/氮氣=5/95(v/v)混合氣體。繼而,於反應槽中添加甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯39.6質量份、2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)0.4質量份、三乙胺0.8質量份,直接於110℃下反應9小時。 冷卻至室溫,獲得藉由GPC測定之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量Mw為9000,酸值為101 mgKOH/g,雙鍵當量為550 g/mol之鹼可溶性樹脂D。 After maintaining the temperature at 110° C. for 3 hours, a gas introduction pipe was installed in the separable flask, and oxygen/nitrogen = 5/95 (v/v) mixed gas was started to be introduced. Next, 39.6 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, 0.4 parts by mass of 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), and 0.8 parts by mass of triethylamine were added to the reaction tank. , react directly at 110°C for 9 hours. After cooling to room temperature, an alkali-soluble resin D was obtained with a polystyrene-converted weight average molecular weight Mw measured by GPC of 9000, an acid value of 101 mgKOH/g, and a double bond equivalent of 550 g/mol.

<綠色染料分散液A之製備>  如表1所記載,將9.9質量份之酞菁化合物A、以固形物成分換算為0.1質量份之分散劑A、72.0質量份之作為溶劑之丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(包含源自分散劑A之溶劑)、18.0質量份之丙二醇單甲醚、225質量份之直徑0.5 mm之氧化鋯珠填充至不鏽鋼容器中,藉由塗料振盪機進行6小時分散處理。分散結束後,藉由過濾器將珠粒與分散液分離,從而製備綠色染料分散液A。<Preparation of green dye dispersion A> As described in Table 1, 9.9 parts by mass of phthalocyanine compound A, 0.1 parts by mass of dispersant A in terms of solid content, and 72.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether as a solvent were prepared Acetate (including the solvent derived from dispersant A), 18.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and 225 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mm were filled into a stainless steel container, and dispersed for 6 hours with a paint shaker. . After the dispersion is completed, the beads and the dispersion liquid are separated by a filter, thereby preparing a green dye dispersion liquid A.

<綠色染料分散液B之製備>  除將酞菁化合物A變更為酞菁化合物B,如表1中所記載調配各原料以外,以與綠色染料分散液A相同之方法,製備綠色染料分散液B。<Preparation of green dye dispersion B> Green dye dispersion B was prepared in the same manner as green dye dispersion A, except that phthalocyanine compound A was changed to phthalocyanine compound B and each raw material was prepared as described in Table 1. .

<黃色顏料分散液A之製備>  如表1所記載,將11.4質量份之C.I.顏料黃138、以固形物成分換算為2.9質量份之分散劑A、以固形物成分換算為5.7質量份之鹼可溶性樹脂D、76.0質量份之作為溶劑之丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(亦包含源自分散劑A之溶劑及源自鹼可溶性樹脂D之溶劑)、4.0質量份之丙二醇單甲醚、225質量份之直徑0.5 mm之氧化鋯珠填充至不鏽鋼容器中,藉由塗料振盪機進行6小時分散處理。分散結束後,藉由過濾器將珠粒與分散液分離,從而製備黃色顏料分散液A。<Preparation of Yellow Pigment Dispersion A> As described in Table 1, 11.4 parts by mass of C.I. Pigment Yellow 138, 2.9 parts by mass of dispersant A in terms of solid content, and 5.7 parts by mass of alkali in terms of solid content were prepared. Soluble resin D, 76.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate as a solvent (also including the solvent derived from dispersant A and the solvent derived from alkali-soluble resin D), 4.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether, 225 parts by mass Fill a stainless steel container with zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mm, and use a paint shaker to disperse them for 6 hours. After the dispersion is completed, the beads and the dispersion liquid are separated by a filter, thereby preparing a yellow pigment dispersion liquid A.

[表1]    綠色染料分散液A 綠色染料分散液B 黃色顏料分散液A 調配比率 綠色染料 酞菁化合物A 9.9       酞菁化合物B    9.0    黃色顏料 C.I.顏料黃138       11.4 分散劑 (固形物成分換算) 分散劑A 0.1 1.0 2.9 分散樹脂 (固形物成分換算) 鹼可溶性樹脂D       5.7 溶劑 丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 72.0 72.0 76.0 丙二醇單甲醚 18.0 18.0 4.0 [Table 1] Green dye dispersion A Green dye dispersion B Yellow pigment dispersion A Allocation ratio green dye Phthalocyanine compound A 9.9 Phthalocyanine compound B 9.0 yellow pigment CI Pigment Yellow 138 11.4 Dispersant (solid content conversion) Dispersant A 0.1 1.0 2.9 Dispersion resin (solid content conversion) Alkali soluble resin D 5.7 Solvent Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 72.0 72.0 76.0 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether 18.0 18.0 4.0

<光聚合性單體A>  季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(Light acrylate PE-4A,Kyoeisha Chemical公司製造)<Photopolymerizable Monomer A> Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (Light acrylate PE-4A, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.)

<光聚合性單體B>  聚乙氧基化四羥甲基甲烷四丙烯酸酯(NK ESTER ATM-4E,新中村化學工業公司製造)<Photopolymerizable Monomer B> Polyethoxylated tetramethylolmethane tetraacrylate (NK ESTER ATM-4E, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)

<光聚合起始劑A>  具有以下化學結構之肟酯系化合物 (4-乙醯氧基亞胺基-5-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-5-側氧戊酸甲酯) <Photopolymerization Initiator A> An oxime ester compound with the following chemical structure (4-Acetyloxyimino-5-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-5-pentoxyvalerate methyl ester )

[化35] [Chemical 35]

再者,式中之Me表示甲基。Furthermore, Me in the formula represents a methyl group.

<界面活性劑A>  MEGAFAC F-554(DIC公司製造)<Surfactant A> MEGAFAC F-554 (manufactured by DIC Corporation)

<著色樹脂組合物之製備>  將表2中記載之各成分以記載之固形物成分比率混合,製備著色樹脂組合物1~8。  再者,於著色樹脂組合物1~8中,以著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分之含有比率成為15質量%之方式,使用丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)及丙二醇單甲醚(PGME)作為溶劑,所獲得之著色樹脂組合物中之PGMEA/PGME之混合比(質量比)為90/10。<Preparation of Colored Resin Composition> Each component described in Table 2 was mixed at the stated solid content ratio to prepare colored resin compositions 1 to 8. Furthermore, in the colored resin compositions 1 to 8, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether ( PGME) as the solvent, the mixing ratio (mass ratio) of PGMEA/PGME in the obtained colored resin composition was 90/10.

[表2]    著色樹脂組合物 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 調配比率(固形物成分) 綠色染料分散液A 24.0 16.6 14.2 27.5 22.6 20.4       綠色染料分散液B                   21.3 30.2 黃色顏料分散液A 14.5 26.6 49.0 8.4 22.6 20.8 22.5 8.4 鹼可溶性樹脂A 32.8       35.4 26.1 30.1 27.5 32.7 鹼可溶性樹脂B    38.5 12.0                鹼可溶性樹脂C       5.1                光聚合性單體A 24.6 15.4    24.6 24.6 24.6 24.6 24.6 光聚合性單體B       15.6                光聚合起始劑A 4.0 2.9 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 界面活性劑A 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 [Table 2] Colored resin composition 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Mixing ratio (solid content) Green dye dispersion A 24.0 16.6 14.2 27.5 22.6 20.4 Green dye dispersion B 21.3 30.2 Yellow pigment dispersion A 14.5 26.6 49.0 8.4 22.6 20.8 22.5 8.4 Alkali soluble resin A 32.8 35.4 26.1 30.1 27.5 32.7 Alkali soluble resin B 38.5 12.0 Alkali soluble resin C 5.1 Photopolymerizable monomer A 24.6 15.4 24.6 24.6 24.6 24.6 24.6 Photopolymerizable monomer B 15.6 Photopolymerization initiator A 4.0 2.9 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Surfactant A 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

<光譜變化度之評價>  藉由旋轉塗佈法將所獲得之著色樹脂組合物以熱硬化處理(焙燒)後之膜厚成為2.0 μm之方式塗佈於50 mm見方、厚0.7 mm之玻璃基板(AGC公司製造,AN100)上,減壓乾燥後,於加熱板上於表3中記載之溫度下預烘烤90秒,製作著色基板。又,以同樣之方法實施至減壓乾燥為止後,不進行預烘烤,改為於潔淨烘箱中於230℃下進行20分鐘之熱硬化處理,製作焙燒後著色基板。<Evaluation of spectral change> The obtained colored resin composition was coated on a 50 mm square, 0.7 mm thick glass substrate by the spin coating method so that the film thickness after thermal hardening treatment (baking) became 2.0 μm. (manufactured by AGC, AN100), dried under reduced pressure, and then pre-baked on a hot plate at the temperature listed in Table 3 for 90 seconds to prepare a colored substrate. In addition, after drying under reduced pressure in the same method, prebaking was not performed, but thermal hardening treatment was performed at 230° C. for 20 minutes in a clean oven to produce a baked colored substrate.

對所獲得之著色基板及焙燒後著色基板,藉由日立製作所公司製造之分光光度計U-3310,自波長380 nm至780 nm,於每1 nm測定分光透射光譜,轉換為吸收光譜。著色基板之吸收光譜中,將波長n時之吸光度之值設為A n,將焙燒後著色基板之同樣之值設為A 0 n。此時,利用下述數式定義光譜變化度,作為與焙燒後著色基板相比較,著色基板之吸收光譜有何不同之指標。算出之光譜變化度示於表3。下述數式之光譜變化度越小,越表示酞菁化合物(1)於預烘烤中形成聚集體,接近焙燒而完全形成聚集體後之狀態。 For the obtained colored substrate and the baked colored substrate, a spectrophotometer U-3310 manufactured by Hitachi Manufacturing Co., Ltd. was used to measure the spectral transmission spectrum at every 1 nm from the wavelength of 380 nm to 780 nm, and convert it into an absorption spectrum. In the absorption spectrum of the colored substrate, let the absorbance value at wavelength n be A n , and let the same value of the colored substrate after baking be A 0 n . At this time, the following numerical formula is used to define the degree of spectral change as an indicator of how the absorption spectrum of the colored substrate is different from that of the baked colored substrate. The calculated spectral change degree is shown in Table 3. The smaller the degree of spectral change in the following numerical formula, the more it indicates that the phthalocyanine compound (1) forms aggregates during pre-baking and is close to the state after roasting and completely forming aggregates.

[數1] [Number 1]

<溶解速度之評價>  使用0.04質量%氫氧化鉀水溶液,於顯影液溫度23℃下對上述著色基板進行顯影處理,測定至完全溶解為止之時間,示於表3。<Evaluation of dissolution rate> Using 0.04 mass% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution, the above-mentioned colored substrate was developed at a developer temperature of 23°C. The time until complete dissolution was measured and is shown in Table 3.

<密接性之評價>  藉由旋轉塗佈法將所獲得之著色樹脂組合物以熱硬化處理(焙燒)後之膜厚成為2.0 μm之方式塗佈於50 mm見方、厚0.7 mm之玻璃基板(AGC公司製造,AN100)上,於100℃下進行90秒之預烘烤。繼而,藉由2 kW高壓水銀燈,以40 mJ/cm 2之曝光量、照度30 mW/cm 2,經由具有寬度1~50 μm之複數個直線開口部之曝光光罩進行曝光處理。其後,使用0.04質量%氫氧化鉀水溶液,於顯影液溫度23℃下進行60秒之顯影處理。繼而,於1 kg/cm 2之水壓下進行10秒之噴霧水洗處理。其後,於230℃下進行20分鐘之熱硬化處理,製作圖案基板。使用光學顯微鏡,觀察與寬度1~50 μm之複數個直線開口部對應之圖案。於顯影中未消失而殘存之圖案中最細者之開口部之寬度為7 μm以下之情形時評為A,於超過7 μm且15 μm以下之情形時評為B,於超過15 μm之情形時評為C。評價結果示於表3及表4。  開口部之寬度越窄,著色樹脂組合物之硬化物與基板之密接性越優異。 <Evaluation of Adhesion> The obtained colored resin composition was coated by spin coating on a 50 mm square, 0.7 mm thick glass substrate ( Manufactured by AGC Company, AN100), pre-baked at 100°C for 90 seconds. Then, a 2 kW high-pressure mercury lamp was used to perform exposure processing at an exposure dose of 40 mJ/cm 2 and an illumination intensity of 30 mW/cm 2 through an exposure mask having a plurality of linear openings with a width of 1 to 50 μm. Thereafter, a 0.04% by mass potassium hydroxide aqueous solution was used and a development process was performed for 60 seconds at a developer temperature of 23°C. Then, spray water washing treatment was carried out for 10 seconds under the water pressure of 1 kg/ cm2 . Thereafter, thermal hardening treatment was performed at 230° C. for 20 minutes to produce a pattern substrate. Using an optical microscope, observe the pattern corresponding to a plurality of linear openings with a width of 1 to 50 μm. When the width of the narrowest opening of the remaining pattern that has not disappeared during development is 7 μm or less, it is rated A. When it exceeds 7 μm and is not more than 15 μm, it is rated B. When it exceeds 15 μm, it is rated B. C. The evaluation results are shown in Table 3 and Table 4. The narrower the width of the opening, the better the adhesion between the cured product of the colored resin composition and the substrate.

<對比度之評價>  藉由旋轉塗佈法將所獲得之著色樹脂組合物以熱硬化處理(焙燒)後之膜厚成為2.0 μm之方式塗佈於50 mm見方、厚0.7 mm之玻璃基板(AGC公司製造,AN100)上,於100℃下進行90秒之預烘烤。繼而,藉由2 kW高壓水銀燈,以40 mJ/cm 2之曝光量、照度30 mW/cm 2進行曝光處理,於230℃下進行20分鐘之熱硬化處理,製作對比度評價用基板。  使用對比度測試機CT-1(TSUBOSAKA ELECTRIC公司製造),對所獲得之基板測定正交平行,藉由平行/正交而求出對比度比(1:12000)。對比度比為6000以上者為A,4000以上且未達26000者為B,未達4000者為C。評價結果示於表4。 <Evaluation of Contrast> The obtained colored resin composition was coated on a 50 mm square, 0.7 mm thick glass substrate (AGC) by the spin coating method so that the film thickness after thermal hardening treatment (baking) became 2.0 μm. Manufactured by the company, AN100), pre-baked at 100°C for 90 seconds. Then, the exposure process was performed using a 2 kW high-pressure mercury lamp at an exposure dose of 40 mJ/cm 2 and an illumination intensity of 30 mW/cm 2 , and a thermal hardening process was performed at 230°C for 20 minutes to prepare a substrate for contrast evaluation. Using a contrast tester CT-1 (manufactured by TSUBOSAKA ELECTRIC Co., Ltd.), the obtained substrate was measured for orthogonal parallelism, and the contrast ratio (1:12000) was determined based on parallelism/orthogonality. Those with a contrast ratio of 6,000 or more are classified as A, those with a contrast ratio of 4,000 or more but less than 26,000 are classified as B, and those with a contrast ratio of less than 4,000 are classified as C. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.

<殘渣之評價>  以與密接性評價相同之方式製作圖案基板,使用光學顯微鏡,觀察與寬度50 μm之直線開口部對應之圖案。  於開口部內未觀察到任何殘渣之情形時評為A,於開口部觀測到一些殘渣但實用上無問題之情形時評為B,於開口部觀測到殘渣之情形時評為C。評價結果示於表4。<Evaluation of Residue> A pattern substrate was produced in the same manner as for the adhesion evaluation, and the pattern corresponding to the linear opening with a width of 50 μm was observed using an optical microscope. When no residue is observed in the opening, the rating is A. When some residue is observed in the opening but there is no practical problem, it is rated B. When residue is observed in the opening, the rating is C. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.

[表3]    組成 (A)著色劑中之酞菁化合物A之含有比率 (質量%) 密接性    預烘烤溫度 (℃) 105 100 90 80 實施例1 著色樹脂組合物1 74 A 光譜變化度 9 10 12 18 溶解速度 (秒) 24 24 24 28 比較例1 著色樹脂組合物2 52 B 光譜變化度 12 13 20 31 溶解速度 (秒) 12 12 15 20 比較例2 著色樹脂組合物3 33 B 光譜變化度 32 36 65 77 溶解速度 (秒) 31 37 102 >200 [table 3] composition (A) Content ratio (mass %) of phthalocyanine compound A in the colorant Tightness Pre-baking temperature (℃) 105 100 90 80 Example 1 Colored resin composition 1 74 A Spectral variability 9 10 12 18 Dissolution speed (seconds) twenty four twenty four twenty four 28 Comparative example 1 Colored resin composition 2 52 B Spectral variability 12 13 20 31 Dissolution speed (seconds) 12 12 15 20 Comparative example 2 Colored resin composition 3 33 B Spectral variability 32 36 65 77 Dissolution speed (seconds) 31 37 102 >200

[表4]    組成 (A)著色劑中之酞菁化合物A之含有比率 (質量%) (A)著色劑中之酞菁化合物B之含有比率 (質量%) 密接性 對比度 殘渣 實施例1 著色樹脂組合物1 74    A A A 比較例1 著色樹脂組合物2 52    B C B 比較例2 著色樹脂組合物3 33    B C B 實施例2 著色樹脂組合物4 85    A A A 實施例3 著色樹脂組合物5 70    A A A 比較例3 著色樹脂組合物6 63    B B B 比較例4 著色樹脂組合物7    60 A B B 比較例5 著色樹脂組合物8    85 A B B [Table 4] composition (A) Content ratio (mass %) of phthalocyanine compound A in the colorant (A) Content ratio (mass %) of phthalocyanine compound B in the colorant Tightness Contrast residue Example 1 Colored resin composition 1 74 A A A Comparative example 1 Colored resin composition 2 52 B C B Comparative example 2 Colored resin composition 3 33 B C B Example 2 Colored resin composition 4 85 A A A Example 3 Colored resin composition 5 70 A A A Comparative example 3 Colored resin composition 6 63 B B B Comparative example 4 Colored resin composition 7 60 A B B Comparative example 5 Colored resin composition 8 85 A B B

自表3可明確:伴隨(A)著色劑中之酞菁化合物(1)之含有比率變高,預烘烤溫度較低時之光譜變化度變小。換言之,(A)著色劑中之酞菁化合物(1)之含有比率越高,因酞菁化合物(1)形成聚集體故而所需之預烘烤溫度越低。尤其於比較例2中,預烘烤溫度為105℃時光譜變化度之值亦稍大,可知酞菁化合物(1)未完全形成聚集體。認為其原因在於:由於(A)著色劑中含有酞菁化合物(1)以外之著色劑,故而與其結構中所含之芳香環產生π-π堆積,由此阻礙酞菁化合物(1)彼此之聚集。又,溶解速度亦顯示相同之傾向,伴隨(A)著色劑中之酞菁化合物(1)之含有比率變高,預烘烤溫度自80℃逐漸上升時溶解速度成為固定之預烘烤溫度變低。認為其原因在於:因酞菁化合物(1)形成聚集體,故而以著色樹脂組合物中含有之(C)鹼可溶性樹脂捲繞於其周圍之方式形成複合體,與酞菁化合物(1)單獨之情形相比較,溶解速度變快。  藉由使著色樹脂組合物之溶解速度變快,顯影時間較短即可。又,可以更低之預烘烤溫度加快溶解速度,可有助於提高彩色濾光片等之生產效率。進而,認為藉由使溶解速度較快,可相對降低(C)鹼可溶性樹脂之溶解性,故而顯影時圖案不易剝離,密接性提高。It is clear from Table 3 that as the content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the colorant (A) increases, the degree of spectral change when the prebaking temperature is low becomes smaller. In other words, the higher the content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the colorant (A), the lower the required prebaking temperature is because the phthalocyanine compound (1) forms aggregates. Especially in Comparative Example 2, when the prebaking temperature is 105°C, the value of the spectral change degree is also slightly larger, indicating that the phthalocyanine compound (1) does not completely form aggregates. This is thought to be because the colorant (A) contains a colorant other than the phthalocyanine compound (1), which causes π-π stacking of the aromatic rings contained in its structure, thereby preventing the phthalocyanine compounds (1) from interacting with each other. gather. In addition, the dissolution rate also shows the same trend. As the content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the colorant (A) becomes higher, the dissolution rate becomes fixed at the prebaking temperature when the prebaking temperature gradually increases from 80°C. Low. This is thought to be because the phthalocyanine compound (1) forms an aggregate, and therefore the (C) alkali-soluble resin contained in the colored resin composition is wound around it to form a complex, which is separate from the phthalocyanine compound (1). Compared with the previous situation, the dissolution rate becomes faster. By making the dissolution speed of the colored resin composition faster, the development time can be shortened. In addition, the dissolution speed can be accelerated at a lower pre-baking temperature, which can help improve the production efficiency of color filters. Furthermore, it is thought that by making the dissolution rate faster, the solubility of (C) the alkali-soluble resin can be relatively reduced, so that the pattern is less likely to peel off during development and the adhesion is improved.

自表4之實施例1~3與比較例1~3之比較明確可知:(A)著色劑中之酞菁化合物(1)之含有比率為65質量%以上時,殘渣及對比度獲得較大改善。認為其原因在於:藉由使酞菁化合物(1)之含有比率變大,酞菁化合物(1)彼此之聚集不易被其他著色劑阻礙,藉由酞菁化合物(1)之規則性之聚集體形成,對比度變高,又,藉由酞菁化合物(1)之規則性之聚集體形成,溶解速度變快。  又,自表4之比較例4、5明確可知:於使用不屬於酞菁化合物(1)之酞菁化合物B之情形時,與(A)著色劑中之酞菁化合物B之含有比率無關,殘渣及對比度較差。認為與氟原子相比,氯原子之佔有體積較大,酞菁化合物之規則性之聚集體形成被阻礙,從而導致對比度及溶解速度未提高。From the comparison between Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 in Table 4, it is clear that: (A) When the content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1) in the colorant is 65 mass % or more, the residue and contrast are greatly improved. . The reason for this is considered to be that by increasing the content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound (1), the aggregation of the phthalocyanine compounds (1) is less likely to be hindered by other colorants, and regular aggregates of the phthalocyanine compound (1) are formed. formation, the contrast becomes high, and the dissolution rate becomes faster due to the formation of regular aggregates of the phthalocyanine compound (1). Furthermore, it is clear from Comparative Examples 4 and 5 in Table 4 that when a phthalocyanine compound B that is not a phthalocyanine compound (1) is used, regardless of the content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound B in the colorant (A), Residue and poor contrast. It is thought that compared with fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms occupy a larger volume, and the formation of regular aggregates of phthalocyanine compounds is hindered, resulting in a failure to improve contrast and dissolution rate.

使用特定之態樣對本發明進行了詳細說明,但業者明白,可不脫離本發明之意圖與範圍而進行各種變更及變化。Although the present invention has been described in detail using specific aspects, it is understood by those skilled in the art that various modifications and changes can be made without departing from the intention and scope of the present invention.

10:透明支持基板 20:像素 30:有機保護層 40:無機氧化膜 50:透明陽極 51:電洞注入層 52:電洞傳輸層 53:發光層 54:電子注入層 55:陰極 100:有機EL元件 500:有機發光體 10:Transparent support substrate 20: pixels 30: Organic protective layer 40: Inorganic oxide film 50:Transparent anode 51: Hole injection layer 52: Hole transport layer 53: Luminous layer 54:Electron injection layer 55:Cathode 100: Organic EL element 500: Organic luminophore

圖1係表示具有本發明之彩色濾光片之有機EL(Electroluminescence,電致發光)元件之一例之截面概略圖。FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of an organic EL (Electroluminescence) element having a color filter of the present invention.

Claims (13)

一種著色樹脂組合物,其特徵在於:其係含有(A)著色劑、(B)溶劑、(C)鹼可溶性樹脂、(D)光聚合起始劑、及(E)光聚合性單體者,並且  上述(A)著色劑含有具有下述通式(1)所表示之化學結構之酞菁化合物及黃色色料,  上述(A)著色劑中之上述酞菁化合物之含有比率為65質量%以上90質量%以下;  [化1] (式(1)中,A 1~A 16各自獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或下述通式(2)所表示之基;其中,A 1~A 16中1個以上表示氟原子,且A 1~A 16中1個以上表示下述通式(2)所表示之基)  [化2] (式(2)中,X表示2價之連結基;式(2)中之苯環可具有任意之取代基;*表示鍵結鍵)。 A colored resin composition, characterized in that it contains (A) colorant, (B) solvent, (C) alkali-soluble resin, (D) photopolymerization initiator, and (E) photopolymerizable monomer , and the above-mentioned (A) colorant contains a phthalocyanine compound having a chemical structure represented by the following general formula (1) and a yellow colorant, and the content ratio of the above-mentioned phthalocyanine compound in the above-mentioned (A) colorant is 65 mass % More than 90% by mass; [Chemical 1] (In formula (1), A 1 to A 16 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a group represented by the following general formula (2); wherein, at least one of A 1 to A 16 represents a fluorine atom, and One or more of A 1 to A 16 represents a group represented by the following general formula (2)) [Chemical 2] (In formula (2), X represents a divalent linking group; the benzene ring in formula (2) may have any substituent; * represents a bond). 如請求項1之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述(A)著色劑中之上述酞菁化合物之含有比率為70質量%以上90質量%以下。The colored resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the content ratio of the phthalocyanine compound in the colorant (A) is 70 mass% or more and 90 mass% or less. 如請求項1或2之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述式(1)中之A 1~A 16之鹵素原子為氟原子。 The colored resin composition of claim 1 or 2, wherein the halogen atoms of A 1 to A 16 in the above formula (1) are fluorine atoms. 如請求項1至3中任一項之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述式(1)中,A 1~A 4中1個以上為氟原子,A 5~A 8中1個以上為氟原子,A 9~A 12中1個以上為氟原子,且A 13~A 16中1個以上為氟原子。 The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein in the above formula (1), at least one of A1 to A4 is a fluorine atom, and at least one of A5 to A8 is a fluorine atom, One or more of A 9 to A 12 is a fluorine atom, and one or more of A 13 to A 16 is a fluorine atom. 如請求項1至4中任一項之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述式(2)中之苯環具有烷氧基羰基。The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the benzene ring in the above formula (2) has an alkoxycarbonyl group. 如請求項1至5中任一項之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述式(2)中之X為氧原子。The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein X in the above formula (2) is an oxygen atom. 如請求項1至6中任一項之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述式(1)中,A 1~A 4中1個以上為上述式(2)所表示之基,A 5~A 8中1個以上為上述式(2)所表示之基,A 9~A 12中1個以上為上述式(2)所表示之基,且A 13~A 16中1個以上為上述式(2)所表示之基。 The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein in the above formula (1), at least one of A 1 to A 4 is a group represented by the above formula (2), and among A 5 to A 8 One or more of them is a group represented by the above formula (2), one or more of A 9 to A 12 is a group represented by the above formula (2), and one or more of A 13 to A 16 is a group of the above formula (2) The basis represented. 如請求項1至7中任一項之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述黃色色料為選自由C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃185及下述式(i)所表示之鎳偶氮錯合物所組成之群中之至少一種;  [化3] The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the yellow colorant is selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 185 and a nickel azo complex represented by the following formula (i) At least one of the groups; [Chemistry 3] . 如請求項1之著色樹脂組合物,其中上述(A)著色劑中之上述黃色色料之含有比率為10質量%以上35質量%以下。The colored resin composition of claim 1, wherein the content ratio of the yellow colorant in the colorant (A) is 10 mass% or more and 35 mass% or less. 如請求項1至9中任一項之著色樹脂組合物,其中著色樹脂組合物之全部固形物成分中之上述(A)著色劑之含有比率為10質量%以上80質量%以下。The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the content ratio of the colorant (A) in the total solid content of the colored resin composition is 10 mass % or more and 80 mass % or less. 一種硬化物,其係使如請求項1至10中任一項之著色樹脂組合物硬化而成者。A hardened product obtained by hardening the colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10. 一種彩色濾光片,其具備使用如請求項1至10中任一項之著色樹脂組合物製作之像素。A color filter provided with pixels produced using the colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其具有如請求項12之彩色濾光片。An image display device having a color filter as claimed in claim 12.
TW112109517A 2022-03-16 2023-03-15 Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and image display device TW202402820A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022040964 2022-03-16
JP2022-040964 2022-03-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202402820A true TW202402820A (en) 2024-01-16

Family

ID=88023913

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112109517A TW202402820A (en) 2022-03-16 2023-03-15 Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and image display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202402820A (en)
WO (1) WO2023176882A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7283300B2 (en) * 2018-09-14 2023-05-30 Jsr株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, color filter and display element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2023176882A1 (en) 2023-09-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5703630B2 (en) Colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display
JP2019144543A (en) Coloring resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP7003637B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP7451906B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP2016038584A (en) Pigment dispersion liquid, colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device
TWI812845B (en) Colored resin composition, color filter and image display device
WO2022038948A1 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP7207173B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP2017137483A (en) Coloring resin composition, color filter and image display device
WO2022039224A1 (en) Coloured resin composition, colour filter, and image display device
JP7180545B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filter and photosensitive colored resin composition
TW202402820A (en) Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and image display device
WO2024075837A1 (en) Colorant-containing liquid, colored resin composition, color filter, image display device, and method for producing colored resin composition
TW202401048A (en) Color filter manufacturing method and image display device manufacturing method
WO2023063336A1 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP7447397B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP7159948B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
WO2022024876A1 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, image display device, and colorant dispersion
WO2023095828A1 (en) Colored resin composition, colored resin composition set, and color filter
JP2024040909A (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device
CN118843811A (en) Method for manufacturing color filter and method for manufacturing image display device
CN118843831A (en) Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and image display device